Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1982-1983"

See other formats


1982-83 

CATALOG 

& 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 


CALENDAR  FOR  1982-83 


August  21 
August  22 
August  23-25 
August  25 
August  26 

August  30 
September  9 
October  2 
October  9 
October  13 
October  14 
October  15 
October  22 

November  8-23 

November  24 

November  29 

December  7 

December  8,  9 

December  10,  11,  13,  14,  15 

December  16 

December  20-24 

December  27 

December  29-December  31 


First  Semester 

Fall  Conference  for  faculty 
Residence  halls  open,  10  a.m. 
Orientation  for  new  students 
Registration  for  class  changes 
Day  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 
*Opening  Convocation 
Evening  classes  begin 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  w/ithout  grade 
Homecoming 

Mid-semester  holidays  begin,  8  a.m. 
Mid-semester  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 
Tap  Day 

Mid-semester  grades  due 
Last  day  for  dropping  courses  v\/ith  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Early  registration  for  spring  semester 
Thanksgiving  holidays  begin,  noon 
Thanksgiving  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 
Last  regular  meeting  of  day  classes 
Reading  days 
Final  Examination  days 
Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m. 
College  offices  closed 

Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 
College  offices  closed 


January  9 
January  10 
January  1 1 
January  17 
January  25 
February  18 
February  24 
February  25 
March  4 

March  5 

March  14 

March  26 

April  1 

April  3 

April  11-27 

April  12,  13,  14,  15 

April  21 

April  25 

April  26,  27 

April  27 

April  28,  29,  30,  May  2,  3 
May  6 
May  8 
May  8 


Second  Semester 

Residence  halls  open  10  a.m. 

Registration  for  class  changes 

Day  classes  meet  on   regular  schedule 

Evening  classes  begin 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 

Founder's  Day 

Tap  Day 

Mid-semester  grades  due 

Last  day  for  dropping  course  with  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Spring  holidays  begin,  8  a.m. 
Spring  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 
Elizabethan  Faire 
College  offices  closed  half  day 
Easter 

Early  registration  for  fall  semester  1983 
Comprehensive  examinations 
Awards  Day 

Last  regular  meeting  of  day  classes 
Reading  days 
Final  grades  for  graduating  seniors  are  due  in  the 

Office  of  Records 
Final  Examination  days 

Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 
*Commencement  Day 
Residence  halls  close  at  8  p.m. 


'Formal  academic  occasion 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Academic  Calendar 2 

Correspondence Ill 

Purpose    4 

PART  I        Information  for  Prospective  Students 5 

History  of  the  College                                         6 

General  Information 6 

Millsaps-Wilson  Library   6 

Computing  Center 6 

Buildings  and  Grounds        7 

Admissions   Requirements. 7 

Applying  for  Admission    9 

Counseling  Program 10 

Student  Housing      10 

Medical  Services      1 

Career  Planning  and  Placement  Services 1 

Student  Records             1 

Gatew/ay  Program  for  Adult  Leaders   1 

Children's  Center                          1 

PART  II       Financial  Information      13 

Tuition  and  Fees 14 

Special  Fees        15 

Financial  Regulations                 16 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid    .  . 17 

PART  III      Student  Life    23 

Campus  Ministry 24 

Public  Events  Committee    24 

Athletics  25 

Publications 25 

Music  and  Drama 25 

Student   Organizations 26 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 28 

Medals  and  Prizes      28 

PART  IV      Curriculum                              31 

Requirements  for  Degrees 31 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 36 

Preparation  for  Ministry 36 

Pre-Law 37 

Pre-Social   Work 38 

Educational  Certification  Programs 38 

Cooperative   Programs                        41 

Special  Programs 42 

The  Graduate  Program 45 

PART  V       Administration  of  the  Curriculum    47 

Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 48 

Administrative  Regulations    50 

PART  VI      Departments  of  Instruction 53 

Fine  Arts    55 

Language  and  Literature 60 

Humanities 65 

Science  and  Mathematics    71 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 82 

School  of  Management 90 

PART  VII     Register  95 

Board  of  Trustees 96 

Alumni  Association    97 

Officers  of  the  Administration 98 

The  College  Faculty 98 

Staff 103 

Medals  and  Prizes  Awarded 1 05 

Degrees  Conferred,  1 980 1 06 

Index    108 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  Its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and 
women  for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to 
their  fellow  men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  com- 
munity of  learners  where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that 
frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  fy^illsaps  College  is  dedicated  to 
the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a 
sound  academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of 
discipline  and  influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  col- 
lege provides  a  congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study 
and  work  together  for  the  development  of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and 
spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate 
breadth  and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to 
broaden  his  perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think 
and  act  intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  cur- 
riculum is  designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the 
humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual 
enrichment. 

The  college  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that 
in  too  many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied 
by  education  for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre- 
professional  training  balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environ- 
ment that  emphasizes  the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study 
of  language,  literature,  philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can 
also  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as 
teaching,  journalism,  social  work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in 
these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology,  medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,  and 
other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of 
continuing  intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry, 
without  which  true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but 
to  inform  and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of 
thought  and  ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden 
aptitudes,  capacities,  and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  max- 
imum potential  development.  It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his 
eyes  and  heart  toward  the  higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired 
result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary  dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing 
social  consciousness  that  will  guide  him  into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life, 
with  ready  acceptance  of  responsibility  to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

— adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


1 

information  for 
prospective  students 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  was  founded  in  1890  by  the  Methodist  Church  as  a  "Christian 
college  for  young  men."  The  philanthropy  of  Major  Reuben  Webster  Millsaps  and 
other  Methodist  leaders  in  Mississippi  enabled  the  college  to  open  two  years  later  on 
the  outskirts  of  Jackson,  the  state  capital,  a  town  of  some  9,000  population.  The 
beginnings  were  modest:  two  buildings,  149  students  (two-thirds  of  whom  were 
enrolled  in  a  preparatory  school),  five  instructors,  and  an  endowment  of  $70,432.  Fif- 
ty years  later,  the  student  body  numbered  599  and  the  faculty  had  increased  to  33. 
Women  were  admitted  at  an  early  date  and  the  graduation  of  Sing  Ung  Zung  of 
Soochow,  China,  in  1908,  began  a  tradition  of  the  college's  influence  beyond  the 
borders  of  the  state. 

Millsaps'  first  president,  William  Belton  Murrah,  served  until  1910.  Other 
presidents  have  been:  David  Carlisle  Hull  (1910-1912),  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar 
Watkins  (1912-1923),  Dr.  David  Martin  Key  (1923-1938),  Dr.  Marion  Lofton  Smith 
(1938-1952),  Dr.  Homer  Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  (1952-64),  Dr.  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves 
(1965-1970),  and  Dr.  Edward  McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.  (1970-1978).  Dr.  George  Marion 
Harmon  was  named  president  in  the  fall  of  1978. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  close  personal  relationship  among  students,  faculty  and  the  administration 
is  one  of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  Millsaps  experience.  A  liberal  arts  college  design- 
ed to  train  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-balanced  lives,  Millsaps  of- 
fers professional  and  pre-professional  training  coupled  with  cultural  and  disciplinary 
studies.  Students  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn, 
good  moral  character  and  intellectual  maturity.  The  primary  consideration  for  admis- 
sion is  the  ability  to  do  college  work  satisfactory  to  the  college  and  beneficial  to  the 
student. 

Millsaps'  1,100-member  student  body  represents  about  30  states  and  several 
foreign  countries.  Students  come  from  25  religious  denominations.  All  are  urged  to 
take  advantage  of  the  educational  and  cultural  offerings  of  Mississippi's  capital  city 
of  Jackson. 

Research  facilities  available  are:  The  State  Department  of  Archives  and 
History,  the  State  Library,  the  library  of  the  State  Department  of  Health  and  the 
Jackson  Public  Library.  Together,  they  provide  research  facilities  found  nowhere 
else  in  the  state.  Cultural  advantages  include:  The  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra, 
The  Jackson  Ballet  Company,  New  Stage  Theatre,  Mississippi  Opera  Association, 
and  musical,  dramatic  and  sporting  events  held  at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the 
Mississippi  Coliseum. 

Millsaps  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
and  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University 
Senate  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of 
Education  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 

THE  MILLSAPS-WILSON  LIBRARY 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library  has  more  than  1 50,000  volumes  and  650  periodical 
subscriptions.  It  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms  as  well  as  browsing  and 
lounge  areas.  There  is  a  collection  of  audiovisual  materials  and  listening  facilities. 
Special  collections  are:  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of  books,  manuscripts,  record- 
ings, and  correspondence  relating  to  the  theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi 
Methodist  Archives;  a  rare  book  collection;  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books 
and  curriculum  materials;  U.S.  government  documents;  and  the  Millsaps  Archives. 
The  library  belongs  to  the  Central  Mississippi  Library  Council  and  the  Southeastern 
Library  Network. 

THE  COMPUTING  CENTER 

In  today's  complex  society,  students  need  to  be  able  to  understand  the  role  of 
the  computer.  Accordingly,  a  good  college  must  have  a  strong  computing  resource. 
Millsaps  has  one  of  the  finest  computing  facilities  available  for  easy  student  access. 


From  several  terminal  cluster  locations  on  campus,  students  and  faculty  can  use  the 
Digital  PDP-11  RSTS/E  timesharing  computer  system  which  is  located  in  the 
Academic  Complex.  Additional  resources  are  the  PDP-8/e  laboratory  and  teaching 
computer  and  the  EAI-TR20  analog  computer  which  are  located  in  Sullivan-Harrell 
Hall. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 

The  100-acre  campus  is  valued  at  about  $30  million.  Chief  administrative  of- 
fices are  in  Whitworth  Hall.  Murrah  Hall,  built  in  1914,  has  been  recently  renovated 
to  house  the  School  of  Management.  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  was  built  in  1928 
and  was  renovated  in  1963  to  house  the  science  program. 

The  Christian  Center,  completed  in  1950,  was  built  with  gifts  from  Mississippi 
Methodists,  alumni  and  friends.  It  has  a  1,000  seat  auditorium,  a  small  chapel, 
classrooms  and  offices.  In  1967,  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre 
stage. 

The  James  Observatory  is  an  historical  landmark  located  on  the  northwest  cor- 
ner of  the  campus. 

The  Physical  Activities  Center,  dedicated  in  1 974,  has  courts  for  basketball,  ten- 
nis, badminton,  and  volleyball.  Weight-training  and  physical  therapy  rooms  are  also 
included  in  this  multi-purpose  facility.  An  Olympic-sized  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to 
this  facility.  Other  athletic  facilities  include  tennis  courts  and  fields  for  football, 
baseball,  soccer,  and  track. 

The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  houses  the  office  of  student  affairs,  the 
bookstore,  post  office,  student  activity  quarters  and  a  recreation  area.  The  grill  and 
dining  hall  are  located  in  the  student  center  also. 

There  are  three  residence  halls  for  women  and  two  for  men.  All  are  air  condi- 
tioned. 

The  Academic  Complex,  completed  in  1971,  includes  a  recital  hall  in  which  is 
located  a  41 -rank  Mohler  organ.  The  complex  houses  Music,  Art,  Political  Science, 
Computer  Services,  Business  Office,  and  the  Office  of  Records.  It  also  contains 
skylit  art  studios,  a  student  computer  terminal  room,  a  music  laboratory  and 
classrooms. 

ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Millsaps  College  accepts  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex,  creed,  or  national 
origin  all  who  are  qualified  to  benefit  from  its  academic  program.  Applicants  must 
furnish  evidence  of: 

1 .  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 
Freshman  Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  freshman  standing  may  be  made  by  one  of  the 
following: 

1 .  By  high  school  graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  graduation  re- 
quirements with  at  least  12  units  of  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural 
sciences  or  foreign  lanugage.  Four  units  of  English  should  be  included. 

(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(S.A.T.)  are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory  scores. 

2.  By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  prepared  for  college  may  submit  results  of  the 
General  Educational  Development  Tests  (G.E.D.)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work 
completed  in  lieu  of  requirements  set  forth  in  paragraph  one  (a). 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of  the  American  Col- 
lege Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.)  may  be  required. 


3.  Early  Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose  to  enter  college 
before  graduation,  may  apply  by  subnnitting  an  official  transcript  and  results  of 
the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.). 

(b)  At  least  12  units  in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or 
foreign  languages  must  be  included.  Normally,  four  units  of  English  are  required. 

Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-time  student  from  another 
institution  of  higher  learning.  A  completed  application  for  admission  and  transcripts 
showing  all  work  attempted  at  other  colleges  or  universities  are  required.  These 
policies  apply  to  the  transfer  applicant: 

1.  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  for  work  taken  at  other  accredited  institutions. 
Some  courses  which  are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  cur- 
riculum may  not  be  credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  in- 
stitutions may  be  validated  if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at  Millsaps. 

2.  After  earning  62  semester  hours  at  a  junior  or  senior  college,  a  student  may  not 
take  additional  work  at  a  junior  college  and  have  it  apply  toward  a  degree  from 
Millsaps  College. 

3.  A  student  must  complete  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill  requirements  for  a  major  at 
Millsaps  or  for  pre-professional  work  or  teaching  licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be  recorded  as  they 
are  on  the  transcript.  The  student  must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least 
double  the  number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  graduation  re- 
quirements after  transfer  credits  are  entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  a  student  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  three  but  less 
than  six  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  concern- 
ed may  approve  a  three-hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the 
remainder  of  the  required  course. 

6.  The  student  is  subject  to  the  regulation  on  advanced  placement  and  credit  by  ex- 
amination. 

7.  Credit  is  not  given  for  correspondence  courses. 

Part-Time  Admission 

A  part-time  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  for  less  than  12  hours. 
Requirements  for  admission  and  policies  pertaining  to  part-time  students  are  the 
same  as  those  for  full-time  students. 

Special  Student  Admission 

A  special  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  non-degree  program.  Applicants  should 
submit  the  Special  Student  Application  Form  along  with  the  application  fee. 
Transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted  must  be  provided  the  Office  of  Records 
prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  month  of  enrollment.  The  following  policies  apply  to 
special  students: 

1 .  Special  students  are  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and  must  present  evidence 
of  good  character  and  maturity.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived. 

2.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  any  courses  without  regard  to  graduation  re- 
quirements, but  must  meet  prerequisites  for  courses  chosen. 

3.  Special  students  wishing  to  apply  for  a  degree  program  must  re-apply,  provide 
full  credentials  and  meet  admission  requirements  for  degree  students.  Work 
completed  at  Millsaps  will  weigh  heavily  in  the  decision  of  the  Admission  Com- 
mittee. 

4.  Special  students  may  not  represent  the  college  in  extracurricular  activities. 

International  Student  Admission 

Millsaps  College  welcomes  international  students.  Admission  credentials 
should  be  submitted  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  in  which  one  expects  to  enroll. 
They  are: 

8 


1 .  Completed  admission  forms 

2.  Official  transcript  of  all  work  attempted 

3.  Scores  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

4.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  two  persons 

5.  The  application  fee 

6.  A  statement  of  resources  for  financial  support  while  in  the  U.S. 

Financial  assistance  is  not  available  to  international  students  so  they  must 
come  prepared  to  pay  the  full  cost  of  attending  Millsaps  and  to  support  themselves 
during  periods  when  the  college  is  closed. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination 

Students  entering  Millsaps  College  may  earn  a  waiver  of  certain  requirements 
or  college  credit  as  a  result  of  their  performance  on  specific  examinations.  The 
amount  of  waiver  or  credit  is  limited  to  eight  hours  in  any  discipline  and  to  18  hours 
overall. 

Scores  on  the  appropriate  C.L.E.P.  subject  matter  examination,  Advanced 
Placement  examination,  or  C.E.E.B.  achievement  test  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of 
Records  for  evaluation.  If  a  waiver  of  requirements  or  credit  is  granted,  the  score  on 
the  examination  used  will  be  recorded  on  the  student's  record  in  lieu  of  a  letter 
grade.  An  administrative  fee  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  so  recorded.  (See  the 
section  on  Special  Fees.) 

Listed  below  are  the  Millsaps  courses  for  which  credit  is  given  for  Advanced 
Placement  courses  taken  in  high  school  and  the  score  required  in  order  to  earn  that 
credit.  In  some  cases,  maximum  credit  is  only  given  following  satisfactory  comple- 
tion of  a  Millsaps  course  in  the  same  field. 

Course  A.P.  Score 

Art  101,  103,  201  3,4,5 

Biology  101-102  3,4,5 

Biology  121-122  4,5 

Chemistry  101-102  3,4,5 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124  4,  5 

English  101-102  4,5* 

French  201-202  4,5** 

German  201-202  4,5** 

History  101-102  4,5* 

History  201-202  4,5* 

Latin  303  4,  5* 

Latin  305  4,  5* 

Mathematics  108  (Calculus  AB)  3,  4,  5 

Mathematics  223-224  (Calculus  BC)  3,  4,  5 

Physics  111-112:  3,4,5 

Physics  131-132,  151-152  4,5 

Spanish  201-202  4,5** 

*Credit  may  be  given  for  a  three  with  approval  of  the  department  chairman 
**Credit  will  be  given  for  a  three  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  251 

For  information  concerning  scores  necessary  to  attain  course  credit  for  other 
examinations,  such  as  C.L.E.P.,  interested  students  should  consult  with  the  ap- 
propriate department  chairman  or  the  dean  of  the  college. 

APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION 

All  persons  not  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding  regular  semester 
must  apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be  accepted  prior  to  registration  for 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the  date  on 
which  (s)he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the  campus 


are  desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  acts  on  applications  for  both  the  spring  and 
fall  semesters  as  credentials  are  completed. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  this  procedure: 

1 .  Submit  a  completed  application  for  admission  form  with  the  application  fee  to 
the  director  of  admissions.  The  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student  unless  the  ap- 
plication is  not  approved. 

2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  to  send  an  official 
transcript  directly  to  the  director  of  admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  must  include  a  transcript  from  every  college  or  university  attend- 
ed. 

(b)  If  the  prospective  student  is  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time  (s)he  applies  for 
admission,  (s)he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  credits  up  to  that 
time.  A  supplementary  transcript  will  be  required  after  admission. 

3.  Freshman  applicants  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test 
(A.C.T.)  or  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.). 

COUNSELING  PROGRAM 

Counseling  services  are  designed  to  help  students  accomplish  maximum  suc- 
cess in  their  academic  work.  Many  members  of  the  college  community  participate  in 
counseling,  and  specialists  are  used  as  referral  resources  when  problems  require 
specialized  therapy. 

Pre-Registratlon  Counseling:  The  college  provides  counseling  services  to  any 
prospective  student  who  wants  to  explore  vocational  and  educational  objectives 
before  entering  classes  in  the  fall.  Students  who  are  admitted  are  urged  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  this  service. 

Orientation:  Freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  be  on  campus  on 
dates  specified  in  the  college  calendar.  Orientation  is  planned  and  carried  out 
cooperatively  by  students  and  faculty  to  help  entering  students  prepare  for  campus 
life. 

Faculty  Advisors:  New  students  are  assigned  to  faculty  members  who  serve  as 
academic  advisors.  When  a  student  chooses  the  major  field,  a  professor  in  that  field 
becomes  the  advisor. 

Personal  Counseling:  The  Office  of  Student  Affairs  counsels  students  on  voca- 
tional choices,  selection  of  fields  of  study,  study  and  reading  skills,  emotional  ad- 
justments and  related  matters. 

Testing:  An  individual  testing  service  is  available  to  help  with  self-analysis  and 
planning  in  terms  of  interests. 

STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  dean  and  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  coordinate  housing  in  coopera- 
tion with  residence  hall  directors  and  resident  assistants.  Men  who  are  active 
members  of  a  fraternity  may  live  in  its  house  after  their  freshman  year. 

All  freshman  men  and  women,  unless  they  are  married  or  live  with  members  of 
their  immediate  families  in  Jackson  or  vicinity,  are  required  to  reside  on  campus  in 
college  residence  halls  and  to  dine  on  campus,  also.  Exceptions  to  this  policy  are 
unusual  and  must  be  authorized  through  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  designed  to  house  two  students  each.  Students 
wishing  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  room  deposits  at  the  same 
time  and  to  specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Single  rooms  are  limited  and  those 
desiring  a  single  room  should  pay  their  room  reservation  fees  as  early  as  possible. 
Assignments  are  made  in  the  order  in  which  this  fee  or  completed  applications  are 
received,  whichever  is  later.  Room  preferences  are  honored  unless  the  rooms  are 
already  taken  by  students  who  are  eligible  for  them.  Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded 
after  the  semester  begins. 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m.  on  the  day  preceding  each  term  and  close  at 
10  a.m.  on  the  day  following  the  last  scheduled  examination  of  each  term.  During 
Thanksgiving  and  spring  holidays,  the  residence  halls  will  close  at  3  p.m.  on  the  last 

10 


day  of  scheduled  classes  and  reopen  at  noon  on  the  day  preceding  the  resumption 
of  classes.  Students  are  not  housed  in  the  residence  halls  during  Thanksgiving, 
Christmas,  or  spring  holidays. 

MEDICAL  SERVICES 

Millsaps  provides  medical  services  to  its  students  who  are  suffering  from  minor 
illnesses.  The  services  are  limited  to  students  living  in  Millsaps  residence  halls  and 
fraternity  houses.  Medical  services  through  the  college  physician  are  available 
through  the  nurse  on  duty  or,  in  her  absence,  one  of  the  residence  hall  directors  or 
the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

The  college  pays  for  the  initial  visit  to  the  college  physician  for  each  illness. 

CAREER  PLANNING  AND  PLACEMENT  SERVICES 

The  college  has  a  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office  designed  to  assist 
students  in  the  career-planning  process.  The  process  begins  with  the  analysis  of 
one's  interests,  values,  abilities,  and  personality  traits  in  relationship  to  occupational 
options.  The  process  concludes  with  the  exploration  of  careers  and  preparation  for 
the  job  search  or  graduate  education  opportunities. 

Career  planning  usually  begins  in  the  freshman  year  and  Is  pursued,  via  testing, 
advising,  internships,  counseling,  seminars  and  on-campus  interviews,  through  the 
senior  year. 

Placement  files,  containing  credentials,  are  maintained  for  interested  students 
and  alumni. 

STUDENT  RECORDS 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974, 
Millsaps  College  students  have  the  right  to  review,  inspect,  and  challenge  the  ac- 
curacy of  information  kept  in  a  cumulative  file  by  the  institution.  It  also  insures  that 
records  cannot  be  released  without  the  written  consent  of  the  student  except  in  the 
following  situations: 

(a)  to  school  officials  and  faculty  who  have  a  legitimate  educational  interest, 
such  as  a  faculty  advisor; 

(b)  where  the  information  is  classified  as  "directory  information."  The  following 
categories  of  information  have  been  designated  by  the  Millsaps  College  as 
directory  information:  name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of 
birth,  major  field  of  study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and 
sports,  weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  atten- 
dance, degrees  and  awards  received,  the  most  recent  previous  educational 
institution  attended  by  the  student,  and  information  needed  for  honors  and 
awards.  If  you  do  not  wish  such  information  released  without  your  consent 
you  should  notify  the  Office  of  Records  in  writing  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first 
day  of  classes. 

For  a  full  statement  of  policy  concerning  the  confidentiality  of  student  records, 
consult  the  staff  of  the  Office  of  Records  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

GATEWAY  PROGRAM  FOR  ADULT  LEARNERS 

Gateway  provides  services  for  Millsaps'  adult  learners,  including  academic  ad- 
vising, personal  and  career  counseling,  infant  and  pre-school  child  care,  orientation, 
and  monthly  meetings.  These  services  are  available  to  non-traditional  students 
whether  or  not  they  are  degree  candidates. 

CHILDREN'S  CENTER 

The  Education  Department  offers  a  laboratory  school  for  children  ages  two- 
five.  The  school  is  open  Monday  through  Friday  from  8  a.m.-noon.  In  addition,  there 
is  a  drop-in  service  for  infants  and  children  of  Millsaps  students.  The  hours  for  this 
service  are  7:45  a.m.-5  p.m. 

The  location  of  the  Children's  Center  is  604  Webster  St. 

11 


2 

financial  information 


TUITION  AND  FEES 

Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a  tuition 
which  covers  approximately  57  percent  of  the  cost  of  an  education.  The  balance  is 
met  by  income  from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church, 
alumni,  trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends. 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  FULL-TIME  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

(12-16  Semester  Hours) 
Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are: 

Resident  Non  Resident 

Tuition $2,050  $2,050 

Student  Association  Fee 30  30 

Activity   Fee 30  30 

Room    rent* 350 

Meals** 500  

Total $2,960  $2,110 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  PART-TIME  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

(11  Hours  or  less) 
1-7   hours $    135  per  semester  hour 

8  hours 1,166 

9  hours 1,387 

10  hours 1,608 

11  hours 1,829 

Activity  Fee 1 .25  per  semester  hour 

SCHEDULE  OF  CHARGES  FOR  ROOMS 

1st.  Sem.  2nd.  sem.  Total 

Double  Occupancy  $420  $280  $700 

Single  Occupancy***  $840  $560  $1,400 

*Dormitory  rooms  are  ordinarily  rented  on  a  yearly  basis  according  to  the 
schedule  above.  This  schedule  of  charges  is  for  students  who  enter  in  the 
fall.  Those  students  who  enter  second  semester  will  pay  half  the  annual  rate 
for  their  type  of  occupancy.  If  the  student  changes  type  of  occupancy  during 
the  year  the  charge  will  be  adjusted  accordingly. 
**Two  meal  plans  are  available  at  $475  and  $500. 
***A  limited  number  of  single  rooms  are  available.  A  nonrefundable  fee  of  $100 
is  required  to  guarantee  a  single  room.  This  fee  applies  against  room  rent. 
Before  May  1,  priority  in  assignment  of  single  rooms  will  go  to  upper-class 
students;  thereafter  it  will  be  on  a  first  come  basis. 
Other  fees  depend  on  the  courses  for  which  the  student  registers,  and  on  cir- 
cumstances related  to  registration. 

RESERVATION  DEPOSITS 

Resident $75 

Non-resident $25 

CLASSROOM  RESERVATION  DEPOSIT— A  classroom  reservation  deposit 
must  be  paid  by  all  full-time  students  upon  notification  of  acceptance.  If  a  student 
decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions  Office 
receives  a  request  for  refund  by  July  1 . 

DORMITORY  RESERVATION  DEPOSIT— A  room  reservation  deposit  must  be 
paid  by  all  students  requesting  campus  housing.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  to  the 
student's  account  for  payment  against  room  charges.  If  a  student  decides  to 
withdraw  from  college  housing,  he  may  receive  a  refund  if  a  request  is  made  prior  to 
July  1 .  After  July  1  this  deposit  is  non-refundable  and  non-transferable.  Payment  is 
required  by  July  1 ,  or  thereafter  within  ten  days  of  the  date  of  acceptance. 

14 


LABORATORY  AND  FINE  ARTS  FEES 
Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  coursGS 

Each  course  except  201 ,  202,  303,  420  and  421 $  20 

Music  private  lessons  and  use  of  practice  rooms 

Per  credit  hour  {V2  hour  lesson  per  weel<) 75 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy  —  all    courses 30 

Biology        —  101-102 

—  all  other  courses* 

Chemistry    —  all  lab  courses* 30 

—  all  laboratory  courses  breakage  fee** 20 

Geology       —  all    courses* 30 

Physics        —  all  laboratory  courses* 30 

*  Special  Problems,  Directed  Study,  Undergraduate  Research 

Per  Credit  hour 15 

**  Unused  portion  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 
Other  Laboratory  Fees 

Administration  336 20 

Computer  Studies  -  all  courses     40 

Education   337 10 

Horsemanship 1 75 

Mathematics  -  all  courses  using  the  computer 20 

Languages  101-102 10 

Psychology  312,316 20 

SPECIAL  FEES 

The  general  purpose  of  special  fees  is  to  allocate  to  the  user  at  least  a  portion 
of  the  direct  cost  for  providing  special  services,  equipment  and  facilities. 

COURSE  OVERLOAD  FEE.— A  fee  of  $75  per  semester  hour  is  charged  for 
course  loads  above  16  semester  hours. 

PARKING  FEE. — A  fee  of  $1  per  semester  hour  ($1 5  maximum)  is  charged  for 
students  who  wish  to  park  on  campus.  This  fee  will  help  cover  the  cost  of  maintain- 
ing the  college  parking  lots  and  streets.  The  streets  on  campus  are  the  property  of 
the  college  and  must  be  maintained  by  the  college.  Students  failing  to  register 
vehicles  may  be  denied  the  privilege  of  parking  on  campus. 

ACTIVITY  FEE. — A  fee  of  $30  is  charged  for  general  student  activities.  The  fee 
covers  admission  to  all  college  sponsored  activities,  the  use  of  all  college  recrea- 
tional facilities,  and  participation  in  college  activities  not  covered  by  tuition.  Part-time 
students  are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $1 .25  per  semester  hour. 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE.— A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  any  student  who 
registers  after  the  time  designated.  Payment  of  expenses  is  part  of  registration. 

CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION  FEE.— A  $25  fee  is  assessed  for  the  recording  of 
each  course  for  which  credit  is  allowed  if  the  credit  is  not  transfer  credit  or  if  the  ex- 
amination is  not  a  Millsaps  examination. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.— A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of 
schedule  authorization  processed.  Any  change  initiated  by  the  college  will  have  no 
fee. 

GRADUATION  FEE. — The  $35  fee  covers  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  diploma, 
the  rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses. 

MUSIC  FEE — Music  majors  who  are  full-time  students  will  be  required  to  pay 
only  the  one  credit-hour  fee  for  private  instruction  per  instrument  per  semester.  All 
other  students,  including  special  students,  must  pay  the  prescribed  fee  in  addition  to 
tuition  for  any  private  instruction  in  music. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES.— Courses  are  audited  with  approval  of  the  dean  of 
the  college.  There  will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to  a  full-time  student  for 
auditing  any  course.  All  other  students  must  pay  regular  tuition  and  fees  for  auditing 
courses,  except  that  persons  65  and  over  may  audit  undergraduate  courses  for  one- 
half  tuition  and  fees. 

15 


FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 

PAYMENTS — All  charges  for  a  semester  are  due  and  payable  before  the  first 
day  of  classes.  A  student  is  registered  and  eligible  to  attend  classes  only  after  pay- 
ment or  other  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Business  Office. 

Any  past  due  accounts  for  which  other  arrangements  have  not  been  made  will 
be  assessed  a  late  charge  on  a  daily  basis. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student 
will  be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  director  of  records  is  not  permitted 
to  transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  is  paid.  No  student  will  graduate 
unless  (s)he  has  settled  all  indebtedness,  including  library  fines  and  graduation  fee. 

For  parents  who  prefer  to  meet  educational  expenses  on  an  installment  basis, 
Millsaps  offers  the  monthly  payment  services  of  The  Insured  Tuition  Payment  Plan 
and  The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc.  For  information,  write  to: 

Richard  C.  Knight  Insurance  Agency,  Inc. 
53  Beacon  St. 
Boston,  MA  02108 

or 
The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc. 
Concord,  NH  03301 
A  deferred  payment  plan  may  be  arranged  by  written  application  to  the 
Business  Office  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Upon  ap- 
proval, a  $15  processing  fee  to  meet  the  additional  handling  costs,  plus  a  daily  rate 
on  the  unpaid  balance  will  be  included  in  the  following  schedule  of  payments: 
50  percent  before  the  first  day  of  classes 
25  percent  October  1  or  March  1 
25  percent  November  1  or  April  1 
If  a  student  on  the  deferred  payment  plan  withdraws  after  the  refund  period,  the  un- 
paid balance  on  the  account  is  due  and  payable  in  full. 

CASHING  PERSONAL  CHECKS— Personal  checks  for  a  maximum  of  $25  may 
be  cashed  in  the  Business  Office  and  a  maximum  of  $10  in  the  Bookstore  upon  pro- 
per identification. 

RETURNED  CHECKS  -  A  charge  of  $15  will  be  made  for  each  returned  check 
issued  in  payment  for  tuition.  There  will  be  a  charge  of  $5  per  check  for  all  other 
returned  checks. 

REFUNDS. — Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun. 
Unused  amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable.  A  student  who  withdraws 
with  good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses  within  one  week  after  the  date  of  the  first 
meeting  of  classes  on  regular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80  percent  of 
tuition  and  fees;  within  two  weeks,  60  percent;  within  three  weeks,  40  percent,  and 
within  four  weeks,  20  percent.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  long  as  four  weeks, 
no  refund  will  be  made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds  will  be 
referred  is  the  date  on  which  the  director  of  records  is  officially  notified  by  the  stu- 
dent of  the  intention  to  withdraw.  (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at  any 
time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned.  Students 
withdrawing  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

MEAL  PLAN. — Students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  housing  are  required  to 
participate  in  the  college  meal  plan. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES.— Rules  regarding  payment 
of  board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  these 
students. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES. — Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of  changing 
any  or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 


16 


SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two  bases: 
academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the 
director  of  financial  aid.  Financial  aid  is  not  available  to  international  students. 

In  instances  of  financial  need,  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on  informa- 
tion submitted  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examina- 
tion Board.  The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists  in  determining  the  student's 
need  for  financial  assistance.  Students  seeking  assistance  must  submit  a  copy  of 
the  Financial  Aid  Form  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  Col- 
lege as  the  recipient,  by  April  1 .  The  Financial  Aid  Form  may  be  obtained  from  a 
secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  P.O.  Box 
176,  Princeton,  NJ  08540;  P.O.  Box  881,  Evanston,  IL  60204;  or  P.O.  Box  1025, 
Berkeley,  CA  90704. 
Competitive  Scholarships 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are 
designated  as  the  Key  Scholars,  and  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are 
met.  They  are  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  college  as 
teacher  and  president. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  recognize  achievement  and  leadership  poten- 
tial as  well  as  academic  ability.  Sixty  to  70  are  available  each  year.  Some  will  be 
honorary  with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Recipients  are  selected  from  ap- 
plicants proposed  by  the  faculty. 

The  IMarion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  in 
honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L.  Smith.  They  are  awarded  an- 
nually to  selected  high  school  seniors  on  the  basis  of  interviews  conducted  by  facul- 
ty members.  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  are  one  year,  non-renewable  awards. 
They  range  in  value  up  to  $500  each. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  students 
who  have  ranked  in  the  upper  15  percent  of  their  class. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session  to  the  member  of 
the  sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to 
the  following  qualifications: 

1 .  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the 
year,  and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 
Leadership  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  outstanding  students  with  special  talent  in 
academic,  fine  arts  and  athletic  areas.  Selection  is  based  on  the  merit  of  the 
nominee  in  the  field  of  recommendation  as  well  as  test  scores,  grades,  and  leader- 
ship. These  awards  are  renewable  annually. 

Institutional  Scholarships 

Children  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  of  the  state  of 
Mississippi  receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  college. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  supports  the  Foreign  Student  Program 
which  attempts  to  assist  foreign  students  enrolled. 

General  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  each  year  to  help  students  requiring 
financial  aid. 

United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  $1 ,000  scholarship,  con- 
tingent upon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church. 

The  Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  student 
who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 
The  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 
The  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  The  scholarship  will  be 
awarded  each  year  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  a  church-related  vocation. 
The  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 

17 


The  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
The  A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 

The  Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Clark  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  This  scholarship  annual- 
ly provides  funds  for  deserving  and  needy  students  enrolled  at  Millsaps. 
Mrs.  J.  G.  Cobb  Scholarship 
The  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 
The  Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  The  annual  scholar- 
ships are  awarded  to  outstanding  students  in  the  School  of  Management. 

The  William  B.  Fields  Scholarship  Fund,  established  in  1 978,  is  awarded  annually  to 
a  resident  of  Lee  County,  MS  who  has  a  record  of  high  academic  achievement  and 
who  has  the  desire  to  develop  skills  which  maximize  the  use  of  individual  talents. 
The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund.  Preference  is  to  be  given  to  a  pre- 
theological  student  or  to  some  student  preparing  for  a  full-time  church  vocation. 

The  Irene  and  S.  H.  Gaines  Scholarship  Fund.  Scholarships  for  Mississippi  young 
people  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  service  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 

The  N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded 
each  year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under  certain  circumstances  to  a  chemistry  ma- 
jor. 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 
The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 
The  Clyde  W.  Hall  Scholarship 
The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Maurice  H.  Hall,  Sr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  Established  in  1978  by 
Maurice  H.  Hall,  Sr.,  of  Bay  Springs,  MS,  the  Hall  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievement  and  leadership  ability. 
The  Jim  Lucas  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  a  student 
who  exemplifies  exceptional  talent  in  an  area  of  technical  theatre  and  has  the  desire 
and  drive  to  pursue  a  career  in  that  field. 

The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  pre- 
law student  at  Millsaps. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund.  Preference  shall  be  given  to  a  student 
preparing  for  the  ministry  in  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
The  Herman  and  Martha  Hines  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  to  one  or 
more  students  in  music  or  music  activities  of  the  college. 
The  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship.  Income  will  go  to  a  ministerial 
student  selected  by  the  college. 

The  James  Nicholas  McLean  Scholarship  Fund.  Established  by  Carolyn  H.  McLean 
in  memory  of  her  husband,  the  fund  provides  assistance  for  deserving  students  at- 
tending Millsaps  College. 
The  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship.  Scholarships  are  to  be  given  to  ministerial 
students. 

18 


The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund.  The  income  from  this  fund 
is  to  be  awarded  to  a  pre-engineering  student. 
The  Mitchell  Scholarship 

The  J.  L.  Neill  Memorial  Scholarship.  The  income  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  student 
preparing  for  full-time  Christian  service. 
The  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

William  George  Peek  Scholarship  Fund.  Established  in  1979  by  Mrs.  Agnes  Peek  in 
memory  of  her  husband,  income  from  the  scholarship  fund  is  used  to  award  an  an- 
nual scholarship  to  an  entering  freshman  student  who  combines  high  academic 
standards  with  leadership  and  extracurricular  activities.  The  selection  is  made  by 
the  Award  Committee. 

The  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund.  Interest  from  this  fund  is 
awarded  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  J.  B.  Price  Scholarship 

The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship.  Yearly  awards  go  to  a  young  woman 
who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 

The  Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  provides  annual  financial 
assistance  to  a  student  preparing  to  enter  the  mission  field  or  other  area  of  Christian 
service. 

The  S.  F.  and  Alma  Riley  Memorial 
The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship 
The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a 
ministerial  student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Paul  Russell  Scholarship 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  Mary  Holloman  Scott  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Inez  Harvey  Silverstein  Scholarship 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  is  for  scholar- 
ships with  preference  given  to  ministerial  students. 
The  Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a 
senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the  Advisory  Committee  of  the  foundation. 
The  Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship.  Income  will  go  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The  Hattiesburg  District  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  student 
of  the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to  a  ministerial  student. 

The  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  to 
students  interested  in  the  study  and  development  of  human  relations. 

The  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  Fund.  Under  the  terms  of  the  scholarship,  the 
student  selected  may  do  a  year  of  graduate  work  in  geology. 

Sumners  Scholars  Grants.  f\/lade  possible  through  the  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Sumners 
Foundation  established  by  Mrs.  E.  H.  Sumners,  the  Sumners  Grants  are  awarded  to 
students  from  Webster,  Attala,  Choctaw,  Carroll,  and  Montgomery  counties  who 
meet  residence  requirements.  The  grants  are  awarded  for  eight  consecutive 
semesters  of  study,  provided  the  student  remains  academically  eligible,  and  covers 
tuition,  fees,  room,  board  and  books. 

19 


The  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship.  Preference  is  given  to  students 
preparing  for  full-time  church  vocations. 

The  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship.  Interest  provides  a  scholarship  to  a 
ministerial  student. 
The  W.  H.  Watltins  Scholarship 

James  Thompson  Weems  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  Established  by  Dr.  William 
H.  Parker,  Jr.,  in  1 979  in  memory  of  his  grandfather,  a  retired  Methodist  minister  and 
a  former  member  of  the  Mississippi  House  of  Representatives.  Proceeds  from  this 
scholarship  fund  are  awarded  annually  to  an  entering  freshman  vjhose  academic 
credentials  are  complemented  by  exhibited  traits  of  leadership  in  extracurricular  ac- 
tivities. 

The  Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship 
The  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship 
The  Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship.  The  recipient  is  to  be  an  English  major. 

Sponsored  Scholarships 

Fraternity  Scholarship  Award— The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial  Foundation 
Scholarship  Award  of  $300  is  given  to  a  fraternity  sophomore. 
The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarship 

The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship.  Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring 
in  business  or  a  related  field. 
The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Wilson  Hemingway  Scholarship 
The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship  helps  a  student  prepare 
for  a  Christian  education  vocation. 

Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  junior  student. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Kappa  Alpha-Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  woman  student  who  is  a  member  of 
one  of  the  Greek  organizations. 

The  Teacher  Education  Scholarship  encourages  and  assists  juniors  and  seniors 
preparing  to  enter  a  public  school  teacher  career. 

The  United  Methodist  Youth  Assistance  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Ex- 
ecutive Committee  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  Methodist  Youth  Fellowship.  The 
recipient  is  selected  by  the  Conference  Council  on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum  of 
four  hours  work  per  week  in  the  department  of  Youth  Ministry  of  the  Conference  Pro- 
gram Council  is  required. 

Loan  Funds 

The  Federally  Insured  Loan  Program.  Under  this  program  the  student  com- 
pletes a  federally  insured  application  (OE  1 154)  and  a  Financial  Aid  Form.  He  sends 
the  FAF  to  College  Scholarship  Service  listing  Millsaps  as  the  recipient.  Then  the 
financial  officer  at  Millsaps  will  determine  the  student's  need  and  recommend  this 
need  to  the  student's  lender  (a  credit  union,  bank,  savings  and  loan,  and  any  other 
lending  institution).  The  government  will  pay  the  seven  percent  interest  while  the  stu- 
dent is  in  school.  It  is  up  to  the  student  to  negotiate  the  loan  with  the  lender  of  his 
choice.  A  student  may  borrow  in  one  academic  year  a  sum  not  to  exceed  $2,500  and 
no  more  than  $7,500  maximum  for  all  years  combined.  Repayment  of  the  loan 
begins  not  earlier  than  nine  months  nor  later  than  one  year  after  the  date  of  gradua- 
tion or  withdrawal  from  school. 

The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  A  student  may  borrow  in  the  first 
two  academic  years  a  total  sum  not  to  exceed  $3,000  and  during  the  undergraduate 
course  of  study  a  sum  not  exceeding  $6,000.  Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  mon- 
ths after  the  borrower  has  completed  or  withdrawn  from  higher  education  work  and 

20 


will  be  completed  within  ten  years  and  nine  months.  The  Interest  rate  is  three  per- 
cent during  repayment.  Detailed  information  concerning  this  loan  and  application 
forms  can  be  secured  from  the  director  of  financial  aid  at  f\/1illsaps. 

Other  loan  funds  available  are: 

The  Coulter  Loan  Fund  for  pre-mlnlsterial  students 

The  Claudlne  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

The  William  Larken  Duren  Loan  Fund 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 

The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship 

The  Phil  Hardin  Loan  Fund 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship  for  students  going  into  full- 
time  religious  work  in  the  Christian  Church. 

The  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 

The  United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund 

The  George  R.  and  Rose  Williams  Endowed  Loan  Fund  was  established  In 
1 977  by  Miss  Rufle  Lee  Williams  and  Mrs.  J.  0.  Howard  to  honor  their 
brother,  a  retired  minister  of  the  North  Mississippi  Conference  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church.  Loans  from  the  fund  are  available  to  any 
full-time  Millsaps  student  who  In  the  opinion  of  the  Financial  Aid 
Committee  needs  and  Is  deserving  of  financial  assistance. 

Information  and  applications  are  available  from  the  director  of  financial  aid. 

Additional  Financial  Aid  Opportunities 

Part-time  Employment:  Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  app- 
ly through  the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  may 
contact  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed 
by  the  federal  government  and  the  college  to  provide  financial  assistance  through 
employment. 

State  Student  Incentive  Grants  are  provided  by  Millsaps,  the  state  of  Mississip- 
pi and  the  federal  government.  These  funds  are  to  help  qualified  students  with 
substantial  financial  need. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  provided  by  the  federal 
government  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  to  assist  in  making  available 
the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need 
who,  for  lack  of  financial  means  of  their  own  or  their  families,  would  be  unable  to  ob- 
tain an  education  without  such  aid. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  was  established  by  the  Educational 
Amendments  of  1972  and  Is  funded  by  the  federal  government.  When  fully  funded, 
each  student  is  entitled  each  academic  year  to  a  grant  of  $1 ,670  less  family  con- 
tribution (method  of  determining  this  contribution  to  be  set  by  the  commissioner  of 
education),  or  half  the  college  cost,  whichever  is  less. 


21 


3 

Student  life 


CAMPUS  MINISTRY 

Religious  life  at  Millsaps  centers  around  the  churches  of  the  city  of  Jackson  and 
the  religious  life  program  coordinated  through  the  cannpus  ministry  team.  Churches 
provide  communities  of  faith  for  students,  faculty,  and  staff.  The  campus  religious 
life  program  works  to  enhance  the  spiritual  growth  of  members  of  the  community. 
The  emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  values  and  insights  related  to  one's  religious 
life  that  are  informed  by  a  keen  awareness  of  the  world  and  are  shaped  by  struggling 
with  fundamental  questions  about  the  nature  of  belief  and  of  a  religious  lifestyle. 

To  meet  these  goals,  the  campus  ministry  program  at  Millsaps  utilizes  as  fully 
as  possible  the  experiences  of  students  in  the  classroom  and  in  their  relationships  to 
their  peers,  both  being  situations  which  raise  basic  questions  about  intellectual  and 
spiritual  growth  and  about  the  link  between  faith  and  life.  Thus,  programs  concerning 
the  relationship  of  faith  to  issues  raised  in  the  classroom  are  an  integral  part  of  the 
religious  life  program  of  the  college.  Further,  such  established  programs  as  the  Stu- 
dent Symposium  and  the  Friday  Forum  Series  are  utilized  to  provide  religious 
perspectives  on  critical  issues. 

Campus  ministry  at  Millsaps  is  coordinated  through  the  campus  ministry  team, 
a  group  of  approximately  35  to  40  students,  faculty,  and  staff  persons  who  plan  for 
the  college  community.  The  team  has  several  emphases:  human  rights  issues,  the 
Religious  Perspectives  Series,  the  Voluntary  Service  Program,  an  Outdoors  Events 
Program,  and  the  Special  Ministries  Fund  Program. 

In  addition,  the  Preparation  for  Ministry  Program,  designed  for  persons  prepar- 
ing for  professional  Christian  vocations,  attempts  to  create  programs  and  field  work 
appropriate  to  the  needs  of  members.  The  Chapel  Series  is  an  occasional  program 
of  educational  and  worship  experiences. 

The  campus  ministry  program  at  Millsaps  is  ecumenical.  St  Peter's  Catholic 
Cathedral  provides  a  staff  person  to  the  Millsaps  campus  who  works  with  Catholic 
students  and  in  the  larger  life  of  the  college.  Intervarsity  Christian  Fellowship 
regularly  works  with  a  group  of  students  and  the  Episcopal  Diocese  coordinates  the 
weekly  celebration  of  the  Eucharist.  All  programming  is  ecumenical  in  terms  of  par- 
ticipation and  resource  people. 

The  Office  of  the  Chaplain  serves  as  a  liaison  with  churches,  the  United 
Methodist  conferences,  and  other  groups  and  agencies  in  the  city  and  state.  The 
chaplain  works  with  students  who  serve  internships  with  the  Methodist  Building  staff, 
provides  resources  for  events  on  and  off  campus  related  to  various  campus  ministry 
concerns  and  actively  participates  in  the  work  of  the  United  Methodist  conferences 
to  which  the  college  relates. 

PUBLIC  EVENTS  COMMITTEE 

The  Public  Events  Committee  receives  funds  from  the  student  government  to 
sponsor  programs  of  general  interest  to  the  campus  and  community.  Its  major  activi- 
ty is  the  Friday  Forum  Series — a  continuing  slate  of  speakers  presented  each  Friday 
during  the  academic  year.  The  objective  of  the  series  is  to  provide  information  and 
stimulate  interest  in  current  issues,  to  explore  historical  events  and  to  present  differ- 
ing perspectives  on  controversial  subjects.  Faculty  members,  local  authorities  and 
national  experts  are  invited  to  present  their  thoughts  on  a  variety  of  literary,  cultural, 
scientific,  political,  religious  and  historical  topics. 

In  addition  to  the  Forum  Series,  the  Public  Events  Committee  sponsors  special 
events  throughout  the  academic  year.  It  provides  funds  to  student  organizations  and 
academic  departments  interested  in  organizing  programs  open  to  the  entire  cam- 
pus. These  include  films,  guest  speakers  and  music  recitals. 

All  of  these  activities  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  libera- 
tion of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in 
all  its  richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern, 
and  mature  judgment. 


24 


ATHLETICS 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that  athletics  ex- 
ist for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the  prestige  and 
publicity  of  the  college. 

Competitive  sports  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of  good  sportsmanship  and 
fair  play  can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional, 
moral,  and  mental  development  of  the  well-rounded  individual.  They  are  thus  an  in- 
tegral part  of  a  program  of  liberal  education.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports- 
for-all  program  and  to  encourage  as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate. 

Intercollegiate 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  tennis,  and  soccer. 
The  women's  program  includes  basketball  and  tennis. 

The  programs  are  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Col- 
legiate Athletic  Association  and  the  Association  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  for 
Women  of  which  Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  observe  and 
maintain  the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Intramural 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in 
basketball,  volleyball,  Softball,  tennis,  and  soccer.  The  program  for  women  includes 
touch  football,  volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  and  Softball. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  college,  and  its 
staff  is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus  journalism.  The  P&W 
endeavors  to  provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum 
for  discussion  and  exploration  of  ideas. 

Now  in  its  seventy-fifth  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication  of 
Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life. 
Bobashela  is  an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  college  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  creative 
writing  are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication  comes  out 
twice  each  year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays  submitted  by 
Millsaps  students. 

MUSIC  AND  DRAMA 
The  Millsaps  Singers 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public  perfor- 
mances, campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout  the  state,  and  to  other  areas  of 
our  United  States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington, 
D.C.;  to  Atlanta,  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir 
has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the  Jackson  Sym- 
phony many  times,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra,  and  the  New  Orleans  Philhar- 
monic. Membership  earns  two  semester  hours  of  activity  credit  for  the  year's  work. 

The  Millsaps  Players 

The  Millsaps  Players  present  four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions 
of  recent  years  include  The  Sea  Gull,  The  Three-penny  Opera,  My  Fair  Lady, 
Julius  Caesar,  Camelot,  Romeo  and  Juliet,  Medea,  Becket,  Androcles  and  the 
Lion,  Camino  Real,  Macbeth,  Luther,  The  Rivals,  South  Pacific,  Crown 
Matrimonial,  The  Day  After  the  Fair,  and  Damn  Yankees. 


25 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

Student  Association 

All  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Millsaps  are  members  of  the  Student  Associa- 
tion. Those  taking  at  least  12  hours  or  part-time  students  who  pay  the  Student 
Association  fee  have  full  power  of  voting.  The  Millsaps  Student  Association  is 
governed  by  the  Student  Senate,  the  Student  Judicial  Council,  and  the  Student  Ex- 
ecutive Board.  The  Student  Senate  is  composed  of  not  more  than  20  voting 
members  elected  from  the  Millsaps  Student  Association.  Representatives  are 
chosen  by  petition,  with  no  more  than  40  signatures  required  for  any  petition.  (The 
Election  Committee  decides  each  year  how  many  signatures  will  be  required.) 
Members  of  the  Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  third  Tuesday  in  September  and 
serve  their  constituency  the  length  of  the  academic  year. 

Student  Executive  Board  (S.E.B.)  Officers  of  the  Student  Senate  are  elected  at 
large  from  the  Millsaps  Student  Association.  The  officers  are  president,  first  vice- 
president,  second  vice-president,  secretary,  and  treasurer.  The  officers  serve  a  term 
beginning  and  ending  on  February  1. 

Regular  student  Senate  meetings  are  held  during  the  first  week  of  each  month, 
with  special  meetings  called  by  the  secretary  at  the  request  of  1 )  the  president  of  the 
Senate,  2)  the  Senate,  3)  seven  members  of  the  Senate,  4)  the  president  of  the  col- 
lege. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  according  to  the  Constitution 
are  "to  exercise  legislative  and  executive  power  over  those  non-academic  areas  of 
collegiate  activity  that  are  in  most  instances  the  responsibility  of  students",  in- 
cluding 1)  the  apportionment  of  funds  collected  by  the  college  as  Student  Associa- 
tion fees;  2)  the  granting  or  revoking  of  charters  to  use  campus  facilities  and  funds 
by  student  organizations;  3)  formulating  rules  of  social  and  dormitory  conduct;  4)  the 
conduction  of  Student  Association  elections;  5)  traditional  class  responsibilities;  6) 
the  intramural  program. 

The  Judicial  Council  is  composed  of  three  ex-officio  advisors  and  seven  aph 
pointed  members.  The  dean  of  the  college,  the  dean  of  student  affairs,  and  the 
associate  dean  of  student  affairs  act  in  a  non-voting  advisory  function.  Seven  voting 
student  members  in  addition  to  three  alternate  members  are  nominated  by  a  special 
committee  of  the  Student  Senate  and  are  confirmed  by  the  Student  Senate,  with  a 
view  to  appropriate  balance  in  regard  to  race,  sex,  and  place  of  residence. 

No  member  of  the  Student  Senate  may  be  a  voting  member  of  the  Judicial 
Council.  Council  members  serve  a  term  of  one  year.  They  are  appointed  in  the 
spring.  The  Millsaps  Judicial  Council  has  jurisdiction  generally  over  all  student 
disciplinary  cases  except  when  an  individual's  eligibility  to  continue  as  a  student  is 
put  into  question  because  of  academic  or  medical  difficulties.  Its  decisions  are  ap- 
pealable to  the  president  of  the  college. 


Honor  Societies 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at  the 
University  of  Alabama  in  1926.  Leadership,  scholarship,  expertness,  character,  and 
personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Ep- 
silon Delta  strives  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical  schools. 

Alpha  Eta  Sigma  is  a  scholastic  and  professional  accounting  fraternity  with  the 
following  objectives:  promotion  of  the  study  and  practice  of  accounting;  provision  of 
opportunities  for  self-development  and  association  among  members  and  practicing 
accountants;  and  encouragement  of  a  sense  of  ethical,  social,  and  public  respon- 
sibility. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes 
members  of  the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting,  directing, 
make-up,  stage  management,  costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name 
of  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a 
trophy  which  is  kept  in  the  college  trophy  case. 

26 


Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1 968,  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  for 
students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship, 
to  promote  the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of 
the  life  sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and 
other  material  pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activities  include  off- 
campus  field  trips  and  the  invitation  of  nationally  prominent  lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  re-established  on  Millsaps  campus  in 
1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical 
studies.  Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,  1935. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause  of 
education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideas  among  those 
preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  is  the  international  economics  honorary  society.  ODE  is 
dedicated  to  the  encouragement  of  excellence  in  economics,  with  a  main  objective 
of  the  recognition  of  scholastic  attainment  in  economics.  Candidates  for  election  to 
membership  must  have  an  overall  scholastic  average  of  at  least  a  B  and  at  least  12 
credit  hours  in  economics  with  a  B  average  or  better.  Delta  chapter  of  Mississippi 
was  formed  at  Millsaps  College  in  1981. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  society  with  chapters  in  principal  colleges 
and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members  of  the  student  body 
and  faculty  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni 
and  supporters  who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  college.  Membership  in  Omicron 
Delta  Kappa  is  a  distinct  honor. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta,  an  international  honor  society  in  history  founded  in  1921.  It 
now  has  over  600  chapters  in  the  U.S.,  Porto  Rico,  Canada,  and  the  Philippines. 
Membership  is  composed  of  students  and  professors,  elected  on  the  basis  of  ex- 
cellence in  the  study,  and  writing  of  history.  It  encourages  the  study,  teaching,  and 
writing  of  history  among  all  its  members. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma,  a  national  honorary  society  which  recognizes  outstanding 
academic  achievement  in  freshmen.  The  Millsaps  chapter  was  established  Dec.  1, 
1981.  Membership  is  open  to  all  full-time  freshmen  who  achieve  a  grade-point 
average  of  3.5  in  either  the  first  semester  or  both  semesters  of  the  freshman  year. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment 
and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose  is  to 
honor  those  students  having  earned  a  minimum  of  1 8  semester  hours  in  French,  and 
who  have  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen 
from  among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  a  special  interest  in  the 
activities  of  this  organization. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those 
students  who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to  provide 
a  forum  for  the  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at  Millsaps 
College  on  Feb.  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship 
in  the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature.  Membership  is  open  to  students 
with  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B" 
average  in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least  three  college 
years  of  Spanish  including  a  minimum  of  three  hours  of  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  is  a  leadership  and  service  honorary  society  whose  members 
are  selected  on  the  basis  of  character,  scholarship,  and  involvement  in  college  and 
community  activities.  It  brings  together  student  leaders  from  many  phases  of  cam- 
pus life  along  with  a  limited  number  of  faculty  members  to  provide  opportunities  for 
service  to  the  Millsaps  community  and  to  act  as  a  channel  for  the  exchange  of  infor- 
mation about  campus  events  and  concerns. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores, 
juniors,  and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill 
certain  specified  qualifications.  The  purpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the 
sciences. 

27 


Activity  Groups 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  to  provide  an  organization  for  the  informal  study 
of  various  aspects  of  Gernnan  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual 
"Weihnachsfest"  is  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  improve 
the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 

FRATERNITIES  AND  SORORITIES 

There  are  five  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities  and 
sororities  are  all  members  of  v\/ell-established  national  Greek-letter  organizations. 
The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta,  Phi  Mu,  and  Alpha  Kappa 

Alpha. 
The    fraternities    are    Kappa    Alpha,    Kappa    Sigma,    Lambda    Chi 
Alpha,  Pi  Kappa  Alpha,  and  Alpha  Phi  Alpha. 
Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the 
Panhellenic  Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council. 

Alpha  Kappa  Alpha  is  an  associate  member  of  the  college  Panhellenic  Council. 
At  the  end  of  Rush  Week  these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  v/hom 
they  have  selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  govern- 
ed by  the  following  regulations: 

A.  General  Conditions 

1 .  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  1 2  academic  hours)  may  be 
pledged. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  his  official 
registration  for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Office  of  Records. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of  its 
prospective  initiates  from  the  director  of  records  prior  to  the  initiation 
ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can  be 
.initiated  except  by  permission  of  the  Social  Organizations  Committee. 

B.  Scholastic  Requirements 

1 .  To  be  eligible  for  initiation,  a  student  must  have  earned  in  his  most  recent 
semester  of  residence  as  many  as  24  quality  points,  and  in  the  same 
semester  as  many  as  12  semester  hours  of  academic  credit,  and  must  not 
have  fallen  below  D  in  more  than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall  receive 
an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester  for 
sorority  or  fraternity  purposes. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  is  given  to  a  student  in  in- 
termediate French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for 
general  interest  and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and  civiliza- 
tion. The  award  is  intended  to  encourage  students  on  the  intermediate  level  to  con- 
tinue their  studies  in  the  field  of  French  literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  cer- 
tificate of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French 
culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural  Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and 
qualifications  for  the  student  in  intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in 
French  has  for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  confer- 
red, consists  of  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some 
aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a  national 

28 


society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a  certificate  of 
merit  to  the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  the  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards,  the  Millsaps 
Players/Haines  Award  for  Scenery,  and  The  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year  to 
those  students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the 
Millsaps  College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Divi- 
sion of  Analytical  Chemistry,  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate 
in  analytical  chemistry. 

Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German 
Federal  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  presents 
appropriate  book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and 
literature. 

The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Award.  The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Chapter  recognizes  annually  an 
outstanding  member  of  the  chapter  who  has  demonstrated  scholastic  excellence 
and  outstanding  service  in  the  field  of  biology. 

The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  an 
outstanding  member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

The  Biology  Research  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually 
a  biology  major  who  has  won  recognition  in  biology  on  the  basis  of  interest,  scholar- 
ship, and  demonstration  of  research  potential. 

Black  Students'  Association  Awards.  The  BSA  recognizes  annually  the 
outstanding  female  and  male  black  students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievements 
and  contributions  to  the  organization. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or 
junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must  be  a  can- 
didate for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  college 
work  during  the  year  in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him.  No  student  can  win  this 
medal  a  second  time. 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the 
outstanding  senior  majoring  in  sociology. 

The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached  by  a 
ministerial  student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Commencement  Sunday.  This 
annual  award,  established  by  the  Galloway  family  in  honor  of  the  late  Bishop 
Galloway,  is  a  medal. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a  chemistry  honorary, 
each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  in  chemistry. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest  of 
women  in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25  to  the  girl  having  the  highest 
average  for  the  year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology, 
economics,  or  other  courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents  the 
best  and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course. 

Computer  Science  Award.  The  Computing  Center  presents  an  award  annually 
to  the  student  who  has  the  outstanding  achievement  in  computer  science. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for  his 
or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  are  made  to  the  students  with  the  highest  scholastic 
averages  in  Latin  and  Greek. 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  mathematics. 

The  Founders'  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has  the  highest 
quality  index  for  the  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent  on 
the  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students  who  have  done  at  Millsaps  College 
all  the  work  required  for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  annually  to  the 

29 


student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  general  chemistry  a  handbook  of 
chemistry  and  physics. 

The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  Department  presents  annually  to  the 
two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  averages  in  general  physics  the  "Handbook 
of  Physics  and  Chemistry." 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  creative  arts  is  a  cash  award 
and  is  intended  to  recognize  the  achievements  of  the  student  doing  the  most 
outstanding  work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts — in  writing,  in  composing,  or  in  one  of 
the  graphic  arts. 

The  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  faculty  member  who 
has  contributed  most  to  understanding  life  and  ideals  set  forth  by  the  college. 

The  Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors.  Each  reci- 
pient is  given  a  year's  membership  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award,  a  specially 
designed  medal,  is  presented  to  the  student  majoring  in  accountancy  who  has 
shown  superior  achievement  in  accounting  courses. 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  outstanding 
senior  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this  responsibility. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department 
established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  outstanding 
senior  graduating  in  political  science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence 
in  academic  career,  personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals. 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding 
senior  history  major  in  recognition  of  Dr.  Moore's  distinguished  service  to  Millsaps 
College  for  more  than  50  years. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  annually 
to  the  graduating  senior  who  is  distinguished  in  the  study  of  German. 

The  Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award  is  a  medal  and  $500  stipend  presented  annually 
to  a  full-time  student  majoring  in  pre-medicine  who  has  completed  four  semesters  of 
work.  Selection  is  made  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence.  The  award  was 
established  in  1977  in  memory  of  Miss  Sims  by  her  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Stanley 
Sims,  and  her  friends.  Miss  Sims  would  have  been  a  member  of  the  1977-78 
freshman  class  at  Millsaps. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the  graduating 
class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of 
New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in  the  field  of  economics,  ac- 
counting, and  business  administration. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical  stu- 
dent selected  by  the  faculty. 


30 


4 

curriculum 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Millsaps  College  requires  a  total  of  1 24  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor 
of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degrees  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education,  and  128  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree. 

1.  Requirements  for  All  Degrees 

1 24  hours  (1 28  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree)  are  required  for  gradua- 
tion, these  to  consist  of 

a.  1 20  (1 24  for  the  B.M.  degree)  letter  graded  academic  hours  excluding  activi- 
ty courses*  but  including  core  requirements  and  major  requirements.  The 
only  exception  is  that  a  maximum  of  six  hours  in  the  internship  program  may 
be  graded  on  a  credit/non-credit  basis. 

b.  a  minimum  of  one  hour  of  a  Physical  Education  activity  course  graded  on  a 
credit/non-credit  basis. 

c.  a  minimum  of  three  additional  hours  graded  by  either  letter  grade  or  on  a 
credit/non-credit  basis  unless  credit  by  examination  applies.  In  this  case,  the 
maximum  is  18  hours  as  explained  in  the  section  Advanced  Placement  and 
Credit  by  Examination. 

*An  activity  course  is  defined  as  an  approved,  faculty-supervised 
physical,  intellectual,  or  cultural  activity  available  to  the  student  outside  the 
regular  classroom  offerings.  Such  courses  (currently  offered  in  music, 
physical  education  and  theatre)  are  designated  by  the  symbol  A  before  the 
course  number. 

2.  Core  Requirements  for  All  Degrees: 

MAN  AND  HIS  CULTURE 

Literature 6  Hours 

English  201-202  or  World  Literature  203-204 
Fine  Arts 3  Hours 

Art  101-102,  104-105,  210,  220,  230,  201-202,  320 

Music  1 01  -1 02,  1 1 1  -1 1 2,  1 21  -1 22,  21 5,  251  -252 

Theatre  103-104 
Religion  and/or  Philosophy 6  Hours 

Any  religion  or  philosophy  course  for  which  the 

student  qualifies  (three  hours  of  which  must  be  in  religion). 

MAN  AND  HIS  WORLD 

Laboratory  Science 6-8  Hours 

Biology  101-102*,  111-112,  121-122 

Chemistry  1 01  -1 02*1 21-1 23,1 22-1 24 

Geology  101-102 

Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition  to  1 51  -1 52 

(*Courses  not  applicable  towards  a  B.S.  degree) 

Mathematics 6-8  hours 

A  minimum  requirement  of: 

Mathematics  103-104  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degree  only 
Mathematics  105-106  for  the  B.S.  Ed.  degree  only 
Mathematics  107-108  or  115-116  for  any  degree  (except  the  B.S.  Ed.) 
Note:  Certain  majors  require  a  specific  sequence.  See  departmental  re- 
quirements. 

MAN  AND  HIS  SOCIETY 

Historical  Man  (Person) 6  Hours 

History  101-102,  World  History,  Ancient  History 

32 


Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology  and  Sociology 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  the  disciplines  of  anthropology, 

economics,  political  science,  psychology  and 

sociology  for  which  the  student  qualifies  (excluding 

economics  201-202  for  students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree). 

Physical  Education 1  Hour 

ENGLISH  COMPOSITION 

All  freshmen  are  required  to  take  one  of  the  three  programs  in  English 
composition,  i.e.,  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105.  All  B.S.  Ed.  candidates  are 
required  to  take  English  101-102. 

HERITAGE  PROGRAM 
Heritage,  an  interdisciplinary  program  designed  for  freshmen,  fulfills  the  follow- 
ing requirements: 

Literature  (6  Hours) 

Fine  Arts  (3  Hours) 

Religion  (3  Hours) 

Philosophy  (3  Hours) 

History  (6  Hours) 

3.  Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degrees: 

Proficiencyat  the  intermediate  level  (202)  of  a  foreign  language        6-12  Hours 
Philosophy 3  Hours 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

Two  additional  one-year  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  to 

be  chosen  from:  * 

Biology  111-112,  121,  122 8  Hours 

Chemistry  121-123,  122-124 8  Hours 

Geology  101-102 6  Hours 

Mathematics  223-224,  225-226 6-10  Hours 

Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 8  Hours 

*The  distribution  of  the  total  science  require- 
ment for  the  B.S.  degree  must  include  courses 
in  three  disciplines  from  the  above  list. 

5.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  Degree: 

B.B.A.  Core 

Accounting  281-282 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  220  or  221 ,  275,  321 , 

333,  334,  362  and  399 21  Hours 

Economics  201-202 6  Hours 

Computer  100  and  Accounting  272  or 

Business  Administration  336 4  Hours 

Philosophy  31 1 ,  Ethics,  is  highly  recommended  for  students  pursuing  the  B.B.A. 
At  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Manage- 
ment and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  School  of  Management. 
A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  each  of  the  B.B.A.  core  courses. 
The  B.B.A.  is  required  for  accounting  and  business  administration  majors. 
Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have 
completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

6.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Degree: 

Physical  Education  332 3  Hours 

Speech 3  Hours 

Biology  or  Physical  Science  (so  that  when  combined  with  other 

requirements  both  areas  are  covered) 3  Hours 

Specialized  and  Professional  Education 69  Hours 

33 


7.  Residence  Requirements: 

To  qualify  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  30  of  the  last  36  hours  of  academic 
work  must  be  done  in  residence  as  a  degree-seeking  student.  The  two  exceptions 
allowed  to  this  rule  are:  (1)  pre-engineering  dual-degree  program  students  may 
transfer  back  as  many  as  31  hours,  (2)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the 
prescribed  pre-medical  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  af- 
filiated institution  and  (3)  students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  school 
may  transfer  back  the  final  26  hours  of  work  (in  this  case,  however,  residence  will  be 
required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  and  the  first  semester 
of  the  senior  year). 

8.  English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by 
the  English  Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within 
two  and  one-half  hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examina- 
tion. Students  who  made  grades  of  A  or  B  on  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105  at 
Millsaps  are  exempted  from  this  examination. 

The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  twice  in  the  academic 
year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in  November  from  4  to 
6:30  p.m.  A  special  administration  of  the  examination  is  given  on  the  second  Thurs- 
day in  March  from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  to  seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not 
passed  the  Junior  English  Proficiency  Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  ex- 
amination and  who  think  they  have  compelling  cause  may  petition  the  dean  of  the 
college  for  an  extraordinary  administration  of  the  examination  in  the  summer  ses- 
sion following.  If  the  dean  grants  the  petition,  he  may  also  stipulate  that  the  student 
must  audit  English  101-102  during  the  summer  session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors 
who  failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  be  present  for  the  November  ad- 
ministration of  the  proficiency  examination. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member 
of  the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction. 

9.  IVIajors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  accounting,  art,  business  administration,  biology, 
chemistry,  church  music,  economics,  education,  English,  French,  geology,  German, 
history,  mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  science,  psychology, 
religion,  sociology,  Spanish,  and  theatre. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment of  instruction.  Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after 
careful  consideration  and  with  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  chairmen 
not  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  The  student  must  complete  the  proper 
forms  in  the  Office  of  Records. 

No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the  Office  of 
Records  without  the  signed  approval  of  the  major  professor. 

A  student  may  have  more  than  one  major  by  completing  the  requirements  in  the 
departments  involved. 

10.  IVIinors: 

While  there  is  no  requirement  that  students  complete  a  minor  as  a  part  of  their 
degree,  they  may  elect  a  minor  in  those  departments  which  offer  one. 

Ordinarily  a  student  must  have  a  minimum  of  12  hours  in  a  department  beyond 
what  is  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  in  order  to  qualify  for  a  minor.  Specific  re- 
quirements for  a  particular  minor  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  department  of 
instruction. 


34 


11.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  com- 
prehensive examination  in  the  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the 
senior  year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single 
course  or  series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to 
coordinate  the  class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to 
relate  the  knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the 
field  which  could  not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  writ- 
ten and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the 
members  of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a 
committee  composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  depart- 
ment, one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified 
persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which 
(s)he  has  credit  and  in  which  (s)he  is  currently  enrolled  are  those  which  fulfill  the  re- 
quirements in  the  major  department.  (S)he  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring 
semester  if  (s)he  will  be  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester. 
The  examination  will  be  given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the 
other  requirements  and  who  will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring 
semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring  semester  is 
about  mid-April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will  not  be  given  during 
the  summer  except  by  permission  of  the  dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  ex- 
amination may  have  an  opportunity  to  take  another  examination  after  the  lapse  of 
two  months.  Additional  examinations  may  be  taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman 
of  the  student's  major  department  with  the  consent  of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

12.  Quality  Index  Required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.,  B.S.,  B.B.A.,  and  B.S. 
Ed  degrees:  248  for  the  B.M.  degree.  An  over-all  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  re- 
quired of  all  students.  Transfer  students  must  have  at  least  a  quality  point  index  of 
2.00  on  their  Millsaps  work.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  the  total  number  of 
academic  hours  attempted;  however,  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  hours  attempted  is 
allowed  in  instances  where  courses  are  repeated  at  Millsaps.  (See  page  51). 

1 3.  Application  for  a  Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written  ap- 
plication for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  graduation.  This 
date  will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  the  summer  ses- 
sion. Forms  for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Office  of 
Records. 

14.  Requirements  for  a  Second  Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have 
thirty  additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  semester  hours  required  for  the 
first  degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both 
the  second  degree  and  the  second  major. 

15.  Required  Sequence  of  Courses  for  All  Regular  Students: 

Freshmen  students  shall  enroll  in  the  appropriate  course  in  English  composi- 
tion (unless  exempt  by  examination)  and  in  at  least  one  other  prescribed  course  as 
listed  in  the  Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Sophomore  students  shall  enroll  in  at  least  two  prescribed  courses  as  listed  in 
the  Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Enrollment  in  the  required  language  courses  will  begin  not  later  than  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year.  It  is  recommended  that  language  be  started  in  the 
freshman  or  sophomore  year.  Those  freshmen  who,  by  virtue  of  previous  study,  plan 
to  satisfy  the  language  requirement  taking  courses  at  the  intermediate  level  only,  are 
strongly  advised  to  begin  such  courses  in  the  freshman  year  while  their  experience 
in  the  language  chosen  is  recent. 

35 


PRE-MEDICAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the 
catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirennents. 
The  following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  121-122 8  hours  Mathematics  115-116 8  hours 

Chemistry  1 21  -1 23,  1 22-1 24 .   8  hours  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234.10  hours  to  151-152 8  hours 

English  101-102 6  hours 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory 
Committee,  (Al  Berry,  George  Beardsley,  Robert  Kahn,  James  McKeown  and  Ed- 
mund Venator),  in  designing  a  program  that  will  fit  particular  needs,  background,  and 
interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend 
that  the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  interest.  This  catalog 
should  be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements. 
Millsaps  and  most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  stu- 
dent develop  a  sound  background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Some  medical  and  dental  schools  will  not  accept  credit  in  laboratory  science 
courses  obtained  by  C.L.E.P.  or  advanced  placement  tests.  If  the  student  plans  to 
obtain  such  credit,  he  should  first  consult  the  medical  or  dental  schools  in  which  he 
has  an  interest  to  be  certain  that  the  school  will  accept  such  credit. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  den- 
tal school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  (s)he  should  obtain  maximum  preparation.  In 
general,  the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  performance  in  in- 
troductory college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to  prepare 
adequately.  The  student  should  also  utilize  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not 
be  available  during  professional  training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended 
as  electives  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  (251,  301,  381,  383,  391  or   315) 

Chemistry  (251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 

English  (201-202  or  203-204) 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History  (101-102) 

Mathematics  (223-224  or  225-226) 

Philosophy 

Physics  (301 ,  306,  31 1 ,  31 5.  or  31 6) 

Psychology 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  gives  the  student  a  more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to 
take  additional  courses  of  interest  and  need. 

PREPARATION  FOR  MINISTRY 

A  program  for  students  planning  for  or  interested  in  exploring  a  form  of 
professional  Christian  ministry 

Millsaps  College  has  enjoyed  a  tradition  of  close  involvement  with  students 
from  all  denominations  and  faiths — particularly  from  The  United  Methodist 
Church — whose  vocational  goal  or  interest  was  a  form  of  professional  Christian 
ministry.  The  Preparation  for  Ministry  Program  is  designed  to  offer  a  wide  variety  of 
experiences  for  persons  who  have  decided  on  or  would  like  to  explore  some  form  of 
Christian  ministry  as  a  personal  vocation.  The  specific  purposes  of  the  program  are 
as  follows: 

a.  To  encourage  personal  growth  in  relation  to  self  and  other  persons. 

b.  To  explore  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  and  to  encourage  openness  to 
the  many  ways  that  the  Christian  Gospel  speaks  to  human  beings  and  their 
worlds. 

36 


c.  To  keep  students  closely  in  touch  with  the  resources  and  personnel  of  their 
denomination  or  faith,  and  to  serve  as  a  liaison  with  key  adnninistrative  per- 
sons of  these  bodies. 

d.  To  support  students  who  wish  to  explore  some  form  of  professional  ministry 
as  a  possibility  for  themselves. 

e.  To  assist  students  in  developing  a  vision  for  their  own  ministry. 

f.  To  involve  students  in  various  types  of  competency  training  relevant  to  pro- 
fessional ministry. 

g.  To  provide  a  supportive,  encouraging  community  for  students  planning  for 
or  interested  in  professional  ministry. 

The  Preparation  for  Ministry  Program  provides  a  basic  link  between  the  college 
and  the  conference/diocese/presbytery  or  other  structure  to  which  a  student  is 
responsible.  In  the  case  of  United  Methodists,  the  program  is  a  supplement  to  the 
candidacy  program.  This  program  is  also  a  clearinghouse  for  student  employment  in 
various  capacities  in  congregations  or  church  agencies.  Participation  by  United 
Methodist  students  is  obligatory  for  receiving  the  ministerial  grant. 

The  following  is  the  format  for  the  program  on  a  four-year  basis: 

First  Year:  Exploration  of  personal  motivations  for  professional  ministry  through 
a  variety  of  personal  interviews,  group  sessions  and  programs;  building  relationships 
with  other  participants;  exploring  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  through  inter- 
views, programs  and  field  trips. 

Second  Year:  Personal  growth  experiences  through  two  weekend  personal 
growth  seminars  (one  each  semester)  focused  on  self-development,  assessment  of 
style  of  working  with  people  and  interpersonal  relations,  with  continuing  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  one's  personal  vision  of  ministry,  and  with  optional  personal 
growth  experiences  growing  out  of  these  seminars;  experiences  designed  to  expose 
students  to  working  situations  (church  school  classes,  youth  ministry  programs, 
etc.);  training  in  knowledge  and  skills  for  particular  tasks,  with  options  according  to 
previous  experiences  and  interests,  in  areas  such  as  education,  music,  youth 
ministry,  group  dynamics,  planning  process,  and  other  areas  to  be  designated  as  the 
need  arises. 

Third  Year:  Internships  to  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  student  in  order 
to  fit  his  or  her  interest.  (Internships  will  carry  academic  credit  in  the  Department  of 
Religion  and  will  include  careful  goal-setting,  supervision  and  reflection);  consulta- 
tions as  preparation  for  seminary  choice  and  enrollment. 

Fourth  Year:  Further  skill  training;  seminar  based  on  personal  growth,  need 
assessment  and  goal  setting. 

Special  arrangements  will  be  made  for  persons  who  transfer  in  after  the  first  or 
second  years  of  their  college  work  and  for  persons  with  special  circumstances. 

The  coordinator  for  the  Preparation  of  Ministry  Program  will  be  the  chaplain  to 
the  college,  assisted  by  the  Department  of  Religion  and  two  pre-seminary  students. 
These  persons  will  work  with  an  advisory  committee  which  will  include  the  deans  of 
students,  the  academic  dean,  the  director  of  church  relations,  representatives  of  the 
supervising  pastors  of  the  two  United  Methodist  conferences  in  Mississippi, 
representatives  of  denominations  or  faiths  other  than  United  Methodist,  chairper- 
sons of  the  Boards  of  Ordained  Ministry,  and  other  students  who  are  interested  in  or 
planning  for  some  form  of  professional  Christian  ministry.  All  incoming  students  who 
will  receive  the  ministerial  grant  or  who  would  like  to  explore  Christian  ministry  as  a 
personal  vocation  may  secure  a  flyer  and  enroll  in  the  program  in  the  Department  of 
Religion  or  the  Office  of  the  Chaplain. 

PRE-LAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning 
to  go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well  in 
the  study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess: 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely 

(b)  critical  understanding  of  the  human  institutions  with  which  the  law  deals 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

37 


Different  students  nnay  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  students  should  consult  with  their  faculty  or  nnajor  advisers  and 
with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  particular 
needs,  background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult 
the  pre-law  adviser,  John  Quincy  Adams,  from  time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  social  work  should 
plan  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Introduc- 
tory courses  in  sociology,  psychology,  and  social  work  are  essential.  Other  courses 
which  are  strongly  recommended  include  Social  Problems,  Theories  of 
Personality,and  Social  Psychology.  Internships  can  provide  valuable  practical  ex- 
perience with  community  social  welfare  agencies.  Students  are  urged  to  consult 
with  their  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a  schedule. 

EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION  PROGRAMS 

TEACHER  EDUCATION 

Millsaps  offers  an  elementary  education  major  with  certification  in  kindergarten 
through  the  eighth  grade.  The  student  may  receive  a  major  in  physical  education 
with  certification  in  kindergarten  through  the  twelfth  grade.  The  student  seeking 
secondary  certification  must  take  specific  education  courses,  courses  in  the  area  of 
expertise  and  additional  courses  in  the  core  requirement. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary 
levels  to  coordinate  courses  for  certification  with  requirements  for  graduation  from 
Millsaps. 

At  all  levels  students  have  an  opportunity  to  do  laboratory  work  in  both  the 
public  and  private  schools. 

In  addition  to  the  courses  required  for  degrees  by  Millsaps  College,  the  courses 
listed  below  are  specific  requirements  needed  to  qualify  for  the  Class  A  Elementary 
Certificate  and  the  Class  A  Secondary  Certificate. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

The  requirements  for  certification  include  all  Elementary  Education  courses  in  the 
departmental  listing. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

All  students  receiving  certification  in  secondary  education  must  complete  all 
existing  Millsaps  requirements  for  either  the  B.A.  or  the  B.S.  degree.  In  addition  the 
following  courses  must  be  completed. 

General  Education  (21  hours):  Sem.  Hrs. 

Science  (in  area,  physical  or  biological,  not  taken  in  core  requirements) 3 

English  101  and  397  (Composition  and  Grammar) 6 

Education  301  and  221  (Career  Education  and  Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child).  .  .   6 

Health  332  (Consumer  Health) 3 

Speech  (any  Speech  class) 3 

Total 21 

Professional  Education  (21  hours): 

Education  21 5  (Reading  in  the  H.S.) 3 

Education  352  (Educational  Psychology) 3 

Education  207  (Adolescent  Psychology) 3 

Education  372  (Principles  of  High  School  Teaching) 3 

Education  362  (Secondary  Methods) 3 

Education  452  (Directed  Teaching  in  Field) 6 

Total 21 

Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  7-12 Sem  Hrs. 

Bible:  (Survey  of  Old  Testament,  Survey  of  New  Testament,  Comparative  Religion)     .24 


38 


English 

English  301-302  (American  Literature) 3 

English  201-202  (English  Literature) 3 

English  365-366  (Shakespeare) 3 

English  397  (Advanced  Gramnnar  and  Effective  Writing) 3 

History  of  English  Language  (To  be  offered  in  the  1 981  -82  academic  year) 3 

Survey  of  Contemporary  Literature  (To  be  offered  in  the  1 981  -82  academic  year) .   3 

English  Electives 12 

Foreign  Language 12 

Total 42 

Foreign  Language 

No  set  course  requirements — Maximum  requirement  for  French,  Spanish,  and 
German 24 

IVIathematics: 

Math  21 1  (Calculus  with  Analytic  Geometry  1 ) 3 

Math  223-224:  Math  225-226  (Calculus  II) 3 

Math  325-326  (Calculus  III  or  Linear  Algebra) 3 

Math  361  (Modern  College  Geometry) 3 

Math  335  (Applied  Probability  and  Statistics) 3 

Three  of  the  following  for  a  total  of  nine  semester  hours 9 

Math  325-326  (Calculus  III  or  IV) 

Computer  100,  110,  210,  271,  272  (Basic  Computer  Science) 

Math  345  (Abstract  Algebra) 

Math  103-104  (Foundations  of  Math) 

Math  391-392  (History  of  Math) 

Math  391-392  (Number  Theory) 

Math  391-392  (Foundations  of  Analysis) 

Total 24 

Social  Studies  Sem.  Hrs. 

History  1 01  -1 02  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02  (World  or  European  History) 6 

History  201-202  (American  or  U.S.  History) 6 

History  308  (Mississippi  History) 3 

Economics  201 ,  202,  303,  or  304  (Economics) 6 

Political  Science  101-102  (Political  Science) 6 

Physical   Geography   101,    Historical   Geography   102   (substitutes  for   Physical 

Geography  SI  05  and  Economic  Geography  S205) 6 

Sociology  101  (Sociology) 3 

Electives  in  Social  Studies  (Offered  in  the  Departments  of  History,  Economics, 

Political  Science,  Sociology  and  Geology) 9 

Total 45 

Science 

Total  semester  hours  required  per  endorsement 32 

Biological  Science 32 

Chemistry 32 

Earth  Sciences 32 

General   Science 32 

(Chemistry  three  hours:  Physics  three  hours) 

Physics 32 

Second  major  area  requires  32  hours  of  science,  16  of  which  must  be  in  the  area  of 
specialization. 

Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-12 

Art  Sem.  Hrs. 

Art  for  Children 3 

Drawing 6 

Painting 6 

Art   History 6 

3-D  Art 3 

39 


Basic  Design 3 

Applied  Design 3 

Crafts 3 

Total 33 

Music 

General: 

Music  101-102,  201-202,  303-304  (Theory) 12 

Music  251-252,  381-382  (Music  History  and/or  Literature) 6 

Music  362,  341  (Conducting) 3 

Music  Electives  (Choose  from  251-252,  381-382) 3 

Education  323  (Music  for  Children) 3 

Total 27 

Music  Education  Endorsement  in  Vocal  or  Keyboard: 

Vocal: 

Voice 16 

(Music  111-112,  121-122,211-212,  221-222,311-312,  321-322,411-412,421-422) 
Piano 8 

(Music  425-435,  331-332,  441-442) 
Other  Instruments  (Music  342) 2 

Total 26 

Keyboard: 

Piano  and/or  Organ  (Minimum  of  four  semester  hours  in  piano) 

Music  courses  as  listed  above  under  voice 16 

Voice 8 

Other  instruments  (Music  342) 2 

Total 26 

Total  Semester  Hours  Required 53 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Specialized  and  Professional  Education  Sem.  Hrs. 

Education  21 5  (Basic  Reading) 3 

Education  352  (Educational  Psychology) 3 

Education  207  (Human  Growth  and  Development) 3 

Physical  Education  305  (Elementary  Education) 
Physical  Education  304  (Secondary  Education) 

(Principles  and  Methods  in  Area  of  Endorsement) 6 

Education  301  (Career  Education) 3 

Education  221  (Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child) 3 

Total 21 

Health 

HPE  332  Consumer  Health  (to  include  education  of  drugs,  alcohol,  tobacco,  and  junk 

foods) 3 

Sociology  301  (Marriage — Family  Living  and  Sex  Education) 3 

HPE  205  (First  Aid) 3 

Total 9 

Physical  Education 

HPE  302  (Motor  Development  and  Movement  Education  K-6) 3 

HPE  21 0  (Rhythms  K-1 2) 3 

HPE  405  (Test  and  Measurements  K-1 2) 3 

HPE  305  (Physical  Education  for  the  Exceptional  Child) 3 

HPE  31 1  (Individual  and  Team  Sports  7-12) 3 

Biology  235  (Anatomy  and  Physiology  7-12) 3 

Biology  (Physiology  of  Exercise) 3 

HPE  (Electives) 6 

Education  (Internship — Student  Teaching 12 

Total 39 

TOTAL  HOURS 69 


40 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 
ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in 
engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  five 
engineering  schools — Auburn,  Columbia  University,  Georgia  Tech,  Vanderbilt 
University  and  Washington  University — by  which  a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for 
three  years  for  a  total  of  93  hours  or  more  and  then  continue  worl<  at  any  of  the 
schools  listed  above,  transferring  back  31  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from 
Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year  receive  the  engineering  degree  from  the 
engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  in  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2  pro- 
gram in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  degree  re- 
quirements and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  master's 
degree  in  engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  offers  degrees  in  aerospace  science  and 
engineering,  civil  engineering,  computer  science,  electrical  engineering,  engineer- 
ing mechanics,  environmental  science  and  engineering,  industrial  and  management 
engineering,  mechanical  engineering,  mining  engineering,  nuclear  engineering, 
ocean  engineering,  applied  geophysics,  engineering  mathematics,  applied  physics, 
flight  science,  materials  science,  operations  research,  plasma  physics,  solid  state 
science,  bioengineering,  chemical  engineering,  chemical  metallurgy,  metallurgical 
engineering,  mineral  engineering,  engineering  biology,  and  applied  chemistry. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  Auburn  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering 
degrees  in  aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  materials  and 
mechanical  engineering.  It  is  also  possible  to  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
agricultural  engineering. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  of  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees  in 
aerospace,  ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  nuclear,  and 
textile  engineering.  In  addition,  degrees  are  offered  in  economic  systems,  engineer- 
ing science,  textile  chemistry,  textiles,  applied  biology,  chemistry,  information  and 
computer  science,  applied  mathematics,  physics,  applied  psychology,  behavioral 
management,  economics,  general  management,  industrial  management,  and 
management  science. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering  degrees  in  chemical,  civil, 
electrical,  and  mechanical  engineering. 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three-year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter 
schools  of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary 
science  and  mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology, 
composition,  literature,  and  other  subjects  which  insure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for 
premedical  technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical 
technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by 
the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  and  other 
authoritative  medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at 
Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the 
third  year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The 
student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
biology. 

Students  enrolled  in  affiliated  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back 
the  final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  com- 


41 


pleting  the  requirements  of  124  semester  hours  for  graduation.  The  B.S.  degree  is 
awarded  at  the  first  commencement  exercise  following  the  completion  of  the 
medical  technology  training. 

Medical  technology  students  are  encouraged  to  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree 
before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 

MEDICAL  RECORD  LIBRARIAN 

Students  may  obtain  baccalaureate  degree  training  in  the  Medical  Record 
Librarian  Program  at  Millsaps  College  and  at  an  approved  institution.  The  correlated 
program  of  instruction  covers  each  phase  of  medical  record  practice. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  affiliations  with  institutions  with  certificate  training 
in  medical  record  practice  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education, 
Hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  and  the  American  Medical  Record 
Association. 

The  medical  record  librarian  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years 
at  Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least 
the  third  year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital. 
The  student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  ma- 
jor in  biology.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing  the  re- 
quirements of  124  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A  satisfactory  grade  on  the  ex- 
amination for  registration  by  the  American  Medical  Record  Association  as  a 
registered  medical  record  librarian  (R.R.L.)  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  departmental 
oral  comprehensive  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first  commence- 
ment following  the  completion  of  the  medical  record  librarian  training  and  passing 
for  the  registry  examination. 

Medical  record  librarian  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college 
may  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical 
record  training. 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  outstanding  ability 
to  pursue  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  would  ordinarily  not  be  available.  In 
the  spring  of  their  junior  year  honors  students  participate  in  an  inter-disciplinary  col- 
loquium which  intensively  examines  a  topic  of  broad  interest.  In  the  senior  year, 
students  carry  out  a  research  project  on  a  subject  of  their  choice.  This  thesis  is 
presented  before  a  panel  of  faculty  members  at  the  end  of  the  senior  year.  Students 
successfully  completing  all  phases  of  the  Honors  Program  receive  the  designation 
"with  honors"  in  their  major  subject  at  graduation.  Students  interested  in  par- 
ticipating in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult  with  their  advisers  in  the  fall  of  their 
junior  year. 

The  Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 

Under  this  program,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Southern  College  University  Union 
and  by  the  Department  of  Energy,  a  Millsaps  student  may  spend  the  spring  semester 
of  the  junior  or  senior  year  studying  and  doing  research  at  Oak  Ridge  National 
Laboratory,  Oak  Ridge,  TN.  A  full  semester's  academic  credit  is  normally  earned. 
The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  Washington  Semester 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American 
University,  Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College,  and  other  colleges  and  universities 
in  the  United  States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior 
students  in  the  field  of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact 
with  the  work  of  governmental  departments  and  other  national  and  international 
agencies  that  are  located  in  Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible 
careers  in  public  service  and  imparting  a  knowledge  of  government  in  action. 


42 


Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  tlie 
participating  colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public 
Administration  of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  earn  16  hours  of 
credit  tov\/ard  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Eight  hours  are  earned  in  a  Con- 
ference Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet  with 
students.  Four  hours  are  earned  in  a  research  course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a 
paper  by  utilizing  the  sources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  And  four  hours 
are  earned  in  an  Internship,  in  which  the  student  is  placed  in  a  government  or  public 
interest  organization  office.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty 
members  of  The  American  University. 

Millsaps  has  a  guaranteed  quota  of  two  students  for  each  spring  semester, 
although  students  may  petition  for  entry  in  the  fall.  Second  semester  sophomores, 
juniors,  or  seniors  are  eligible. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  pro- 
gram. 

The  United  Nations  Semester 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  NJ,  enables  Millsaps 
political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first-hand  study  of  the  work  of 
the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  15  hours  of  credit  toward  graduation. 
Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of 
each  week  in  the  United  Nations  Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and 
special  agency  representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of 
studies.  Students  also  earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual 
research  project  on  some  phase  of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of 
credit  are  electives  taken  from  the  regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  col- 
lege. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  pro- 
gram. 

The  London  Semester 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  gives  upperclass  political 
science  majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen 
hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political 
science.  The  faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of 
the  faculty  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  Univer- 
sity, Leeds  University,  and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential 
hotel  in  the  heart  of  London.  Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-fall  or  post-spring 
tour  of  the  continent  at  a  modest  cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  pro- 
gram. 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 

Millsaps  College  in  cooperation  with  seven  other  colleges  in  the  Southern  Col- 
lege and  University  Union  sponsors  a  six-week  intensive  summer  program  at  Oxford 
University  in  England.  It  enables  students  to  study  a  particular  period  of  British 
history  in  a  thoroughly  integrated  way  and  in  a  mileau  which  affords  an  incom- 
parable opportunity  to  benefit  from  the  experience.  A  similar  summer  program  bas- 
ed in  London  and  focusing  upon  challenges  of  the  multinational  economy  was 
recently  instituted  also  under  the  sponsorship  of  S.C.U.U.  Interested  students  should 
inquire  with  the  dean  of  the  college  in  the  fall  preceding  the  summer  in  which  they 
are  considering  attending  either  of  these  programs. 


43 


Other  Study  Abroad  Programs 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year 
Abroad  program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence  in 
France.  Other  study  abroad  programs  are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western 
Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  interested  in  receiving  college  credit 
for  such  study  may  receive  information  concerning  these  programs  from  the  chair- 
man of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Legislative  Intern  Program 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science 
students  may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe 
the  state  law-making  process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative 
committees,  performing  a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up 
bills.  Students  also  take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the 
legislative  process.  See  Political  Science  452. 

Public  Administration  Internship 

With  the  cooperation  of  city,  state  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had 
the  introductory  public  administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management 
level  positions. 

School  Of  Management  Intern  Programs 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical  ex- 
perience through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  promi- 
nent regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  federal 
government.  The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent 
management  personnel  according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evalua- 
tion of  the  student's  participation  and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  ap- 
propriate academic  credit.  See  offerings  451-452  in  the  School  of  Management. 

Small  Business  Institute 

Students  apply  theory  to  practice  by  consulting  small  business  management  in 
the  area.  The  program  is  sponsored  by  the  Small  Business  Administration  (S.B.A.), 
an  agency  of  the  federal  government.  Students  should  register  for  Administration 
490. 

IVIillsaps-Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  Cooperative  Program 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  the  natural  sciences,  are  per- 
mitted to  enroll  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  courses  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research 
Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies.  The  laboratory  is  situated 
near  Ocean  Springs,  180  miles  south  of  Jackson.  Summer  work  at  the  laboratory 
provides  first-hand  knowledge  of  both  marine  and  brackish  water  environments. 

G1 41       Introduction  to  Marine  Zoology  (ZO  141)* (4) 

G331       Physical  Marine  Geology  (GEO  331)* (3) 

G332      Chemical  Marine  Geology  (GEO  332)* (3) 

G341       Marine  Botany  (BOT  341)* (4) 

G361A    Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  (ZO  361A)* (6) 

G361 B    Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  II  (ZO  361 B)* (6) 

G362      Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  and  Ichthyology  (ZO  362)* (6) 

G451       Introduction  to  Physical  &  Chemical  Oceanography  (OCE  451)* (5) 

G452      Marine  Microbiology  (MIC  452)* (5) 

G461       Parasites  of  Marine  Animals  (ZO  461)* (6) 

G463       Estuarine  and  Marsh  Ecology  (ZO  463)* (6) 

G480      Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science (3-1 2) 

*denotes  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  course  number. 

For  further  information  regarding  these  courses  contact  the  G.C.R.L.  coor- 
dinator on  campus. 


44 


THE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

The  evening  Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  program  has  been 
established  at  Millsaps  in  response  to  requests  from  the  business  and  non-profit 
communities  in  the  Jacl<son  area.  Although  designed  primarily  to  meet  the  needs  of 
part-time  students,  sufficient  coursework  is  offered  every  semester  to  allov^/  full-time 
graduate  students  some  flexibility  in  planning  a  curriculum  of  study.  A  typical  class 
includes  men  and  women  with  a  broad  range  of  ages,  and  with  backgrounds  from 
engineering,  the  physical  and  social  sciences,  the  arts  and  the  humanities  as  well  as 
from  business.  The  following  foundation  courses  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate 
level:  Accounting,  281-282;  Business  Administration,  220,  275,  321,  333,  334,  362; 
Composition,  110  and  Economics,  201-202. 


45 


5 

administration 
of  the  curriculum 


GRADES,  HONORS,  CLASS  STANDING 

The  grade  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class  standing  and  a  writ- 
ten examination.  The  examination  is  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the 
semester. 

"A"  represents  superior  work. 
"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement. 
"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement. 
"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class 

below  the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  "B"  is  above  the  average. 
"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other 

semester  of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the 

higher  grade  on  the  student's  record. 
"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks  of 

"D"  and  above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 
"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing,  and 

"WF"  means  withdrawal  while  failing. 
"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is  not 

completed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
"CR"  represents  passing  work  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not 

computed  in  G.P.A.). 
"NC"  represents  no  credit  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not 
computed  in  G.P.A.). 

Quality  Points 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  D  shall  entitle  a  student  to  one 
quality  point  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  C  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  stu- 
dent to  two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  B  for  the  semester  shall 
entitle  a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  and  a  grade  of  A 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  in- 
dex is  determined  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality  points  by  the  number  of 
academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point  index  was 
made  in  1968. 

Class  Standing 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating 24  hours;    24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52  hours;    72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating 90  hours;  1 44  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  his/her  status  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  semester. 

Student  Status 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  12  or  more  academic  hours  will  be  classified 
as  full-time  students.  Students  taking  less  than  12  academic  hours  may  not  repre- 
sent the  college  in  extracurricular  activities. 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  fewer  than  12  academic  hours  will  be 
classified  as  part-time  students. 

A  special  student  is  a  mature  person  of  ability  and  seriousness  of  purpose  who 
enrolls  for  limited  academic  work  and  does  not  plan  to  seek  a  degree.  The  category 
of  "special  student"  is  not  intended  to  include  recent  high  school  graduates.  Special 
students  observe  the  same  regulations  concerning  attendance,  examination  and 
proficiency  as  regular  students. 

Credit/No  Credit  Grade  Option 

Some  courses  have  been  approved  to  be  graded  either  by  letter  grade  or  by 
credit/no  credit  grading.  The  purpose  of  credit/no  credit  grading  is  to  encourage 
students  to  take  courses  in  areas  they  might  not  otherwise  select.  Credit/no  credit 
grading  requires  full  participation  of  the  student  in  all  class  activities.  Credit  signifies 
work  of  passing  quality  or  above.  It  will  not  carry  quality  points  nor  be  included  in  the 
G.P.A.  Students  are  reminded  that  (except  for  certain  internship  programs)  courses 
graded  by  the  credit/no  credit  option  do  not  count  toward  fulfilling  the  120  (124  for 

48 


the  B.  M.  degree)  letter-graded  hours  requirement  and  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  core 
requirements  or  major  requirements. 

When  grade  option  is  available,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  student  to  make 
the  choice  at  the  time  of  registration.  Any  change  in  grading  option  must  be  made 
within  the  drop-add  period.  (Exception:  Theatre  activity  may  be  added  later  with  ap- 
propriate approval.) 

Repeat  Courses 

A  student  may  enroll  in  a  course  at  Millsaps  which  has  previously  been  taken. 
The  highest  grade  earned  in  that  course  will  be  used  in  determining  the  cumulative 
quality  point  average.  However,  all  grades  reported  for  the  course  remain  a  part  of 
the  permanent  record.  This  policy  applies  only  to  courses  originally  taken  at  Millsaps 
during  or  after  spring  semester  1973  and  to  courses  originally  taken  at  other  institu- 
tions during  or  after  fall  semester  1980. 

Graduation  With  Distinction 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  the  entire  course  shall  be 
graduated  Cum  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  and  who  has  a  rating  of 
excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude; 
and  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the 
comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum  Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa  Cum 
Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  60  academic  semester  hours  in  Millsaps 
College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  faculty,  has  forfeited  the  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  for  students  who 
have  not  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the 
basis  of  grades  made  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  the  student  will  be 
considered  eligible  only  if  (s)he  has  the  required  index  both  on  the  work  done  at 
Millsaps  and  on  college  courses  as  a  whole. 

Graduation  With  Honors 

A  full-time  student  with  junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all  quality  point  index  of 
3.0  may  apply  to  the  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  as  a  candidate 
for  honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  by  the  chairman  and  approval  by  the 
Honors  Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective  in  the  spring 
semester  of  the  junior  year. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  will  in 
the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  enroll  with  the  honors  adviser  in  a  directed 
study  entitled  Honors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors  II  and  III  (Research)  will 
ordinarily  follow  in  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  of  the  senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will 
be  given  for  each  of  these  courses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intend- 
ed to  culminate  in  an  honors  paper  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and  defended 
before  an  examining  board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium  de- 
signed to  bring  together  for  intellectual  exchange  all  students  in  the  Honors  Pro- 
gram. The  aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the 
exchange  of  ideas  and  values  centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  in- 
vestigation of  mutual  interest  to  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  required  of 
all  students  in  the  Honors  Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and 
defends  the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  over-all  quality  point  index, 
and  who  has  a  3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate 
who  has  a  3.6  over-all  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in  honors  work  and 
who  has  presented  a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  the  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time. 
Students  enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college 
rules  for  dropping  a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  in- 


49 


voluntarily  terminated  at  any  time  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  adviser 
and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors  Council. 

Dean's  List 

Those  meeting  these  requirements  are  on  the  Dean's  List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  12  academic  hours  during  the 
semester  on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based. 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  of  3.2  for  that  semester. 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  that  semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  dean,  a  good  citizen  of  the  col- 
lege community. 

Hours  Permitted 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  17  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless 
s(he)  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  last  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than 
1 9  semester  hours  unless  (s)he  has  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  last  semester 
and  obtains  permission  from  the  dean.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  more  than 
21  hours  in  a  semester  under  any  circumstances.  In  order  to  be  classified  as  a  full- 
time  student,  one  must  take  no  fewer  than  12  semester  hours. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

Schedule  Clianges 

A  freshman  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory  science 
courses  in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  ad- 
visor. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  while  being  enroll- 
ed at  Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  dean  of  the  college  or  the 
associate  dean  of  the  college. 

A  student  cannot  change  classes,  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  except 
by  the  consent  of  the  faculty  adviser.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a 
semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two 
weeks  and  no  later  than  one  week  after  the  reporting  date  for  mid-semester  grades 
are  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  drop- 
ped after  this  time  are  recorded  as  F.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  without  securing 
the  required  approvals,  (s)he  receives  an  F. 

Witlidrawai 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  within  any  term  must  obtain  permission  from  the 
dean  or  associate  dean  of  the  college  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be 
considered  unless  this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business  Of- 
fice. 

Refunds  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  under  Financial  Regulations. 

A  student  who  withdraws  with  permission  after  the  first  two  weeks  of  a 
semester  is  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each 
course.  A  student  who  withdraws  without  permission  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  each 
course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or  any  other 
circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  (s)he 
should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student.  In  such 
a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdraw- 
ing under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

No  student  who  withdraws  is  entitled  to  a  grade  report  or  to  a  transcript  of 
credits  until  (s)he  has  settled  accounts  in  the  Business  Office. 


50 


Academic  Suspension 

To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester  six  hours  of 
academic  work.  After  the  first  half-year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours  of 
academic  work  each  semester  to  continue  in  college.  Furthermore,  the  maximum 
number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  academic  probation  without  suspension 
is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure  may 
petition  in  writing  for  re-admission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted  unless  con- 
vincing evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non- 
recurring nature  and  that  the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the 
subsequent  semester.  However,  such  a  student  may  attend  the  summer  session  at 
Millsaps  without  a  petition. 

Probation 

Academic  Probation: 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain,  but  make  in  any  semester  a  quality 
index  of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Restricted  attendance 
privileges  apply  for  all  courses  in  which  students  are  enrolled. 
Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00  quality  index  during 
a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled  for  at  least  12  academic  hours  credit.  A  student  is  asked 
not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  (s)he  is  on  academic  probation  more  than 
two  semesters. 

Disciplinary  Probation: 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  college  regulations  may  be  placed  on 
disciplinary  probation  at  the  discretion  or  the  appropriate  dean  or  faculty 
committee. 

Restricted  attendance  privileges  may  apply  for  such  a  student  in  all  courses  in 
which  (s)he  is  enrolled. 

Class  Attendance 

Irregular  attendance  indicates  that  the  student  may  be  having  difficulties  ad- 
justing to  the  course  or  to  college.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  students 
with  respect  to  their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but,  in  the  following  cir- 
cumstances, the  faculty  member  is  expected  to  report  in  writing  the  student's  un- 
satisfactory attendance  record  to  the  Office  of  Records. 

1 .  For  a  freshman — whenever  the  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the 
number  of  class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student — 

a.  When  (s)he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings  for 
reasons  unknown  to  the  instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's  absence  is  such  that  (s)he  is  in  danger  of  failing 
the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  is  for  counseling  purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the 
student's  grade. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  the  manner  and  extent  to  which  absences 
alone  will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  the 
policy  in  writing  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  This  may  extend  to 
dismissal  from  the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  excused 
absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course  work. 
Explanation  for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a 
member  of  the  faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but 
such  explanations  are  not  in  themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in 
the  case  of  absences  involving  missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory 
sessions  and  similar  scheduled  commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not 
excuse  students  from  attendance  on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days 
following  vacation  periods  without  the  express  permission  of  the  dean. 

51 


Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  col- 
lege and  the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  at- 
tendance are  in  the  student  handbook. 

Permission  to  nnake  up  an  exannination  or  alter  the  tinne  for  an  examination  may 
be  granted  only  through  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college.  Any  special  ex- 
amination, if  granted,  must  be  held  no  later  than  the  sixth  week  of  the  next  regular 
semester.  A  $10  fee  will  be  charged  for  such  an  examination,  except  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  in  cases  of  serious  illness  at  the 
time  of  the  examination.  This  fee  will  become  a  part  of  the  scholarship  fund. 

A  student  who  has  been  excluded  from  a  course  by  recommendation  of  the  in- 
structor may,  if  (s)he  wishes,  petition  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college 
within  one  week  for  the  privilege  of  a  reinstatement  examination.  This  examination, 
to  be  prepared  and  administered  by  the  instructor,  shall  cover  the  work  of  the  course 
up  to  that  date.  A  $1 0  fee  will  be  paid  to  the  Business  Office  for  this  privilege,  with  the 
fee  going  to  the  scholarship  fund.  Re-entry  shall  depend  upon  the  examination 
results.  If  a  student  does  not  petition  for  re-entry,  of  if  the  re-entry  is  denied,  the 
grade  shall  be  recorded  as  F. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  col- 
lege and  the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  at- 
tendance are  in  the  student  handbook. 

Exemptions 

Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the  semester  in 
which  they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations,  but  only  in  those  courses  in 
which  they  have  a  C  average  or  better.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  ex- 
emption does  not  insure  the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the 
last  two  weeks  shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  stu- 
dent be  exempt  from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in  which 
they  complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and  failed 
in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from  the  dean 
or  associate  dean  of  the  college. 

Students  may  request  exemption  from  other  requirements  by  petition  to  the 
dean  of  the  college. 

Student  Behavior 

Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal, 
social,  and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the  com- 
munity, its  members,  and  its  property.  The  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  administration 
affirm  the  right  of  the  individual  to  the  privacy  of  his  room.  The  use  of  intoxicating 
beverages  is  not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational  emphasis  of 
Millsaps  College.  The  use,  possession,  or  distribution  of  intoxicants,  narcotics,  or 
dangerous  drugs,  such  as  marijuana  and  LSD,  except  as  expressly  allowed  by  law,  is 
not  permitted.  The  Board  of  Trustees  does  not  approve  of  the  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages  on  the  Millsaps  campus  and  does  not  permit  the  use  of  any  alcoholic 
beverages  in  any  public  area  of  the  campus.  For  the  purpose  of  the  statement,  a 
public  place  is  defined  as  any  part  of  the  campus  which  is  not  within  the  confines  of 
the  student's  room.  Gambling  is  not  permitted  on  campus. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  is  contained  in  the  student  handbook. 
Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  academics,  residence  halls  and  other  facets  of 
campus  life  are  available  through  the  Student  Affairs  Office. 


52 


6 

departments 
of  instruction 


ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS 

The  academic  program  of  the  college  is  organized  into  six  academic  divisions, 
including  the  School  of  Management.  These  divisions  are:  Fine  Arts,  Language  and 
Literature,  Humanities,  Science  and  Mathematics,  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences, 
and  School  of  Management.  Within  these  divisions  are  the  academic  departments 
and  programs  through  which  the  curriculum  of  the  college  is  administered. 

Course  offerings,  together  with  major  and  minor  requirements,  are  listed  by 
department  and  division.  Departmental  listings  can  be  found  on  the  following  pages: 

page 

Accounting 91 

Art 55 

Biology 71 

Business   Administration 92 

Chemistry 73 

Classical  Studies 65 

Computer   Studies 75 

Economics 93 

Education 82 

English 60 

Geology 76 

Heritage 70 

History 67 

Mathematics 78 

Modern   Languages 62 

Music 56 

Philosophy 68 

Physics 80 

Political    Science 85 

Psychology 86 

Religion 69 

Sociology 88 

Theatre 59 

EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 

Courses  101-198    Primarily  for  freshmen. 
Courses  201-298    Primarily  for  sophomores. 
Courses  301-398    Primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors. 

(advanced,  or  upper-division  courses) 
Courses  401-498   Special  departmental  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall 
semester;  even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 
"G"    Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 
"S"    Indicates  courses  offered  in  summer  only. 


54 


Fine  Arts 


ART 

Associate  Professor  LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS,  M.A.,  Acting  Chairman 

Visiting  Instructor  RICHARD  KELSO,  JR.,  M.F.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Majors  in  art  must  complete  the  requirements  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree.  In  the  B.A.  core  Esthetics  (Philosophy  321 )  is  required  of  all 
art  majors.  There  is  a  required  core  of  art  courses  that  all  art  majors  must  take: 
Design  101  and  102,  Drawing  104,  105  and  206;  Painting  210;  Ceramics  220;  Print- 
making  230;  and  Art  History  201 ,  202,  and  303.  In  addition  to  the  33  hour  core,  nine 
hours  of  advanced  art  courses  must  be  taken  of  which  six  hours  is  the  senior  project. 
The  senior  project  and  participation  in  a  senior  exhibition  are  requirements  for 
graduation. 

101-102.  Design  (3.3).  Basic  two-dimensional  design  principles  and  color  theory 
with  problems  in  composition. 
*•  103.  Three-dimensional  Design  (3).  Three-dimensional  design  with  an  introduc- 
tion to  sculptural  techniques.  *Prerequisite:  101-102. 
104-105.  Drawing  (3-3).  Introduction  to  drawing  using  lines  and  tone  to  mddel  still 
life  objects,  the  figure,  and  the  landscape. 
*  *  206.  Drawing  (3).  Advanced  problems  in  drawing  the  figure  employing  varied  and 
mixed  media.  'Prerequisite:  103,  104. 
210-211.  Painting  (3-3).  Oil  and  acrylic  painting.  The  materials  and  properties  of 
painting,  methods  of  presentation,  and  composition.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 
312.  Painting  (3).  Advanced  problems  in  painting  using  watercolor,  gouache,  and 

tempera.  'Prerequisite  210-211. 
220-221.  Ceramics  (3-3).  Pottery  making.  First  semester  hand  building  and  glaz- 
ing; second  semester,  wheel  production. 
322.  Ceramics  (3).  Advanced  problems  into  production,  glazing,  and  problems  in 

kiln  building. 
230-231.  Printmaking  (3-3).  Relief  and  intaglio  printing  with  emphasis  on  wood- 
cut. 'Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
332.  Printmaking  (3).  Emphasis  on  individual  problems  in  printmaking  employing 

the  intaglio  process.  'Prerequisite;  230-231. 
201-202.  Art  History  (3-3).  An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual  and 
plastic  arts  from  pre-historic  to  contemporary  times. 
••  305.  Lettering  (3).  Experience  in  constructing  and  organizing  the  basic  letter 

forms. 
**  310-311.  Commercial  Design  (3-3).  Commercial  design,  illustration  and  layout 
relating  to  advertising  and  publications.  'Prerequisite:  101,  102,  104,  105, 
210. 
320.  Creative  Photography  (3).  Experimental  photography  with  both  commercial 
and  artistic  application. 
**  330.  Silkscreen   Printmaking  (3).  A  basic  silkscreen  printmaking  with   both 
commercial  and  artistic  applications.  Prerequisites:  101,  102,  104,  105,  230 
401.  Museumship  (3).  A  course  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Mississippi  Art 
Association   and  the   Municipal   Art  Gallery  in  which   students  develop 
knowledge  of  the  working  of  a  gallery.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1-3—1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

55 


•*  410.    Commercial  Art  Internship  (3).  A  course  in  which  the  student  would  worl< 
for  a  local  firm  under  the  supervision  of  the  Art  Department.  Prerequisite: 
310-311. 
*  Prerequisites  to  some  classes  may  be  waived  but  consent  of  instructor  will  be 
required. 
*  *  These  courses  are  not  being  offered  at  the  present  time. 

420-421.  Senior  Project  (3-3).  A  course  in  which  the  senior  produces  a  body  of 
quality  works  to  be  evaluated  for  his  or  her  graduation.  This  would  also  be 
the  main  source  of  work  for  the  senior  exhibition. 


MUSIC 

Professors  Emeritus:  C.  LELAND  BYLER,  M.M. 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET,  B.M.,  A.M. 
Professor:  JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  A.Mus.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  DONALD  D.  KILMER,  M.M. 

Assistant  Professors:  McCARRELL  L.  AYERS,  M.M. 

WILLIAM  P.  CARROLL,  M.M. 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI,  M.M. 
Requirement  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  piano, 
voice,  or  organ  may  be  earned.  The  minimum  credit  required  is  1 28  semester  hours. 
Bachelor  of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final 
two  years  of  study.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  performance 
area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  may  not  be 
taken  until  the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  A  com- 
prehensive examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  piano,  organ, 
voice,  music  education,  or  church  music  may  be  earned.  An  upper  divisional  ex- 
amination in  the  student's  performance  area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore 
year.  This  examination  may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has 
completed  Theory  202.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior 
year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certification  should  consider  state  requirements.  A 
senior  recital  is  required  and  must  be  given  while  the  student  is  registered  for  senior 
level  applied  music. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  students  studying  applied  music  must  attend  weekly  repertoire  classes,  all 
recitals  presented  by  the  Music  Department,  and  take  an  examination  before  the 
faculty  at  the  end  of  each  semester. 

PIANO  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  ade- 
quate musical  and  technical  background.  (S)he  should  be  able  to  play  all  major  and 
minor  scales.  (S)he  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the 
standard  student  repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the  Mozart  and 
Haydn  sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok 
Mikrokomos. 

For  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ,  a 
piano  proficiency  examination  is  required.  The  student  must  perform  acceptably, 
from  memory,  the  following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty):  the  ma- 
jor and  minor  scales,  a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical 
sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporary  work  of  moderate  difficulty.  The  student's 
ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested.  Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency 
examination,  (s)he  must  study  piano  each  semester. 

56 


Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  must  have  one  semester  of  piano  pedagogy  and 
one  semester's  internship  in  piano  pedagogy.  They  must  also  fulfill  repertory  and 
technical  requirements  specified  by  the  department. 

ORGAN  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  com- 
pleted sufficient  piano  study  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and  three-part  inventions, 
Mozart  and  Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann, 
Mendelssohn,  and  Bartok.  The  student  should  also  be  able  to  play  all  major  and 
minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  degree  must  have  one  year  of  voice  study, 
directed  study  in  organ  literature  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services, 
and  console  conducting. 

VOICE  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess 
above  average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and 
musical  intelligence.  (S)he  should  know  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be  able  to  sing  a 
simple  song  at  sight.  (S)he  should  have  experience  in  singing  works  from  the  stan- 
dard repertory. 

Voice  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  must  obtain  18  hours  in 
foreign  languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French,  German, 
Italian.  Candidates  for  both  the  B.M.  and  B.A.  degrees  will  be  required  to  have  a 
basic  piano  proficiency. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  music  education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree,  not  the  Bachelor  of  Music. 

CHURCH  MUSIC 

Students  electing  the  church  music  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree.  The  program  of  117  total  hours  is  designed  to  equip  the  church  musician 
with  a  variety  of  skills  so  as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  contemporary  church.  Along 
with  the  core  requirements  for  all  degrees,  the  church  music  major  carries  addi- 
tional requirements  in  music  (53  hours),  religion  (18  hours),  and  education  (six 
hours).  An  internship  is  a  part  of  the  program  also. 

Music  Theory 

101-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation, 
and  keyboard  harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation, 
altered  chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  har- 
mony. Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  First  semester  includes:  harmonic  and  structural 
analysis  of  basic  musical  forms  and  study  of  advanced  musical  forms.  The  second 
semester  is  the  study  of  polyphony  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  writing  of  canon 
and  fugue,  and  free  counterpoint  in  contemporary  styles.  Four  lecture  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory,  201-202. 

Music  Literature 

215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an  im- 
portant aspect  of  Western  culture. 

251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music 
literature  with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period, 
and  composer.  Open  to  non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 

381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  Music  from  antiquity  to  1 750,  first  semester,  and  from 
1750  to  the  present,  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Music  Literature  251-252. 


57 


401.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Designed  to  correlate  work  studied  and  to  prepare  the 
student  for  graduate  study.  Research  and  projects  pertaining  to  the  student's  ma- 
jor interest. 

Church  Music 
315.  Church  Music  Literature  (4).  Sacred  music  from  antiquity  to  the  present. 
Organization  and  administration  of  the  church  music  program  is  included.  Open  to 
non-music  majors  on  consent  of  the  instructor. 

361.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying, 
and  directing  the  choir  from  the  console.  Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

Music  Education 
323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  of  music  for  classroom 

teachers.  Same  as  Education  323. 
333.  Music.  Grades  1-6  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music;  a  comparative 

survey  of  current  teaching  materials.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 
335.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at 

the  secondary  school  level.  A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and 

texts.  May  be  taken  in  lieu  of  Education  362.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 

341.  Choral  Conducting  (3).  Conducting,  scorereading,  rehearsal  techniques,  and 
diction  for  singers. 

342.  Instrumental  Ensemble  (2).  Fundamentals  of  string,  v^oodv\/ind,  and  brass  in- 
struments, including  training  methods  and  materials. 

425-426.  Piano  Pedagogy  (2-3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  techniques  and  ma- 
terials used  in  teaching  piano  to  children  and  older  students  in  both  private  and 
class  instruction. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same 
as  Education  430  or  440.  Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  In  the  High  School.  Same  as 
Education  452.  Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

491-492.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  piano 
teaching  or  working  in  the  music  program  of  a  church. 

Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designated  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instrument,  followed  by  the 
proper  number  from  the  following  table: 
Freshman    111-112;    121-122;   Sophomore   211-212,    221-222;   Junior   311-312, 

321-322;  Senior  41 1-412, 421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 

credit  each  semester. 
181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  voice  or  piano  to  a  minimum  of  four 

students  who  meet  for  two  hours  per  week. 
331-332  (3-3).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 

junior  recital. 
441-442  (4-4).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 

senior  recital. 

The  300  level  may  be  achieved  only  by  satisfactory  completion  of  the  upper 
divisional  examination. 

Additional  semesters  on  each  level  will  be  designated  by  successive  number- 
ing, i.e.,  113,  114,  etc. 

Choir 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Millsaps  Singers  (choir)  by  audition.  One  hour 
credit  is  given  per  semester. 

Freshmen  A1 33-A1 34;  Sophomore  A233-A234; 
Junior  A333-A334;  Senior  A433-A434. 


58 


THEATRE 

Professor:  LANCE  GOSS,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Assistant  Professor:  RALPH  N.  TRAXLER,  M.P.A. 

SPEECH 
Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  to  include  Theatre  103-104, 
141-142,  203-204,  205-206,  305-306,  395-396,  402. 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  delivers  a 
minimum  of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material 
and  situations.  Emphasis  on  development  of  correct  breathing,  proper  pronuncia- 
tion, accurate  enunciation,  and  an  effective  platform  manner.  Individual  attention 
and  criticism. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3). 

THEATRE 
103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3). 
131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 

Performance.  Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The  first 

two  semesters  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  Theatre  103-104.  One  hour  per 

semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 
141-142.  Theatre  IVIovement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime, 

exercises,  basic  dance  steps,  and  general  movement. 
151.  Introduction  to  Arts  Management  (3).  Examination  of  the  administrative 

aspect  of  the  live  entertainment  industry.  Organizations  considered  will  include 

theatre,  opera,  dance,  symphony,  and  one-night  formats. 
S171-S172.  Summer  Workshop  (3-3).  Includes  acting,  production,  and  perfor- 
mance techniques.  Experience  in  summer  production  by  The  Millsaps  Players. 
203-204.  Production  I,  Introduction  to  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  Emphasis  on 

basic  stagecraft,  lighting,  properties,  and  sound. 
205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays,  first  semester; 

second  semester,  acting  in  pre-modern  drama.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 
225.  Stage  Makeup  (2). 

301.  Greek  Drama  (3).  The  theatre  of  ancient  Greece. 
303-304.  Production   II,  Scene  Design  and  Stage  Lighting  (2-2).  Prerequisite: 

203-204. 
305-306.  The  History  and  Literature  of  the  Theatre  (4-4).  Prerequisite:  Theatre 

103-104. 
312.  Theatre  in  America  (3).  American  theatre  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  Theatre 

305-306. 
325.  Stage  Management  (2).  The  role  of  the  stage  manager  in  the  modern  theatrical 

production.  Prerequisite:  103-104. 
337.  Modern  Drama.  See  English  337. 
365-366.  Shakespeare.  See  English  365-366. 
395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role.   Prerequisite: 

1 03-1 04. 
'402.  Directed  Reading  (2).  A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  including  independent 

study,  research,  and  reports.  Designed  to  cover  areas  of  special  interest  not 

necessarily  included  in  other  courses. 
451-452.  Internship  (3-3).  Practical  experience  in  scenery  and/or  lighting  with  the 

Mississippi  Authority  for  Educational  Television.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  303-304  and 

consent  of  instructor.  (Offered  in  summer  sessions  only.) 

59 


Language  and  Literature 


ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English  Literature 

Professor  Emeritus:  PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN,  A.M. 

Professor:  GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professors:  ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT,  A.M. 

DANIEL  G.  HISE,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors:  RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE,  Ph.D. 

JUDITH  W.  PAGE,  Ph.D. 
AUSTIN  WILSON,  Ph.D. 
Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  must  take  English  101-102, 103-104, 

or  105,  201-202,  481  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  and  eighteen  hours  of 

other  courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete  the  201-202  course  in 

Greek,  Latin,  or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  pass  an 

equivalent  proficiency  examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in 

English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes 

Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly 

recommended. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  English  with  1 8  hours  of 

English  beyond  the  freshman  level.  Six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  English  201-202. 

101-102.  Composition  (3-3).  First  semester,  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to 
essays,  short  stories,  and  the  novel;  second  semester,  research  paper  and  in- 
troductions to  poetry,  and  drama. 

103-104.  Composition  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  course  correlated  with  Heritage 
101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended  to  develop  and  augment 
the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage 
101-102. 

105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  excep- 
tionally strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  A.C.T.  score  of  27  or 
above  and  the  extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  com- 
mittee, this  course  concentrates  steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some 
creative  writing.  Readings  in  poetry  and  short  fiction  or  drama  furnish  materials 
for  the  writing.  Class  membership  selected  by  a  departmental  committee. 

201-202.  English  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

203-204.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  literature  from  Homer  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  105  (Not  available  for  credit  to  Heritage 
students.) 

205.  Journalism  (3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  newswriting  and  reporting. 
History  and  principles  of  journalism;  introduction  to  make-up,  copywriting,  and 
headlines.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

207.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3).  An  introductory  course  emphasizing  the 
fundamentals  of  writing  both  poetry  and  fiction  through  readings  and  frequent 
writing  assignments.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

301-302.  American  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  seven- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.  Prerequisite: 
English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 


60 


319.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3).  English  literature  at 
the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of 
the  lyric  and  on  the  early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).  Writers  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  exclusive  of  John  Milton.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

325-326.  Nineteenth  Century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3-3).  Major  poets  and  prose  writers 
of  the  Romantic  and  Victorian  age  (such  as  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron, 
Shelley,  Keats,  Hazlitt,  Browning,  Arnold,  Tennyson,  Ruskin,  and  Pater),  with  em- 
phasis on  the  continuity  of  forms,  conventions,  and  ideas. 

327.  Women  Writers  (3).  A  survey  of  women  writers  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries  (such  as  Austen,  Eliot,  Bronte,  Woolf,  Lessing,  Plath,  Hellman,  Welty, 
and  Drabble),  with  discussion  centering  on  formal,  thematic,  and  social  issues. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Novel  (3).  Novels  from  Felding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in  their 
historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).  Intensive  reading  of  selected  novels.  Prerequisite: 
English  201-202. 

335.  English  Drama  To  1642  (3).  A  survey  of  English  drama,  excluding 
Shakespeare,  from  its  beginnings  to  the  closing  of  the  theatres  in  1642.  After  a 
brief  introduction  to  the  early  development  of  English  drama,  there  will  be  exten- 
sive reading  of  representative  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists.  Prerequisite: 
English  201-202. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  (3).  A  survey  of  drama  from  Ibsen  to  Beckett  and  lonesco.  Pre- 
requisite: English  201-202  or  203-204. 

341.  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

342.  Contemporary  Literature  (3).  A  survey  of  fiction  and  poetry  since  1 950.  Prereq- 
uisite: English  201-202  or  203-204. 

350.  Major  American  Writers  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

361.  Chaucer  (3).  An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature;  a 
reading  of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

365-366.  Shakespeare  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  plays  before  1603; 
the  second  semester,  on  the  tragedies  and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be 
taken  separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

367.  Milton  (3).  Important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  of  Paradise  Lost, 
Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from  Milton 
scholarship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

391-392.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  number  of  short 
stories  or  one  long  work  of  fiction.  Discussion  of  student  work  at  a  two-hour 
workshop  each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  a  year- 
long course,  but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  only 
one  semester.  Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered 
1981-82  and  alternate  years  thereafter. 

393-394.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  substantial 
number  of  poems  in  both  traditional  forms  and  free  verse.  Discussion  of  students' 
poems  at  a  two-hour  session  each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor. 
Designed  as  a  year-long  course,  but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring 
who  wish  to  take  only  one  semester.  Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Offered  1980-81  and  alternate  years  thereafter. 


61 


397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).  An  intensive  study  of 
English  grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal, 
traditional  usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on 
thesis  and  logical  outline.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105.  Offered 
1981-82  and  alternate  years  thereafter. 

398.  History  of  the  English  Language  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  English 
language,  structural  and  phonetic  changes;  conventions  of  modern  usage. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202  or  203-204.  Offered  1980-81  and  alternate  years 
thereafter. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  special 
areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  chairman. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  communi- 
cations (newspaper,  television,  or  advertising)  and  in  library  science  for  well 
prepared  students.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the 
chairman. 

481.  Junior  Seminar  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and 
their  application  to  specific  literary  texts. 

MODERN  LANGUAGES 

Associate  Professors:  BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN,  A.M.,  Chairman 

JOHN  L.  GUEST,  A.M. 

ROBERT  JOEL  KAHN,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  DANIEL  ANGUS  MACLEAY,  PH.D. 

Students  with  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school  will 
be  given  a  standard  placement  test  and  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to 
continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102 
course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  300  or  400  level  courses  in  French,  Ger- 
man, or  Spanish  until  201-202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student)  have  been  com- 
pleted. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  the  language  laboratory  is  required  in  all 
beginning  courses. 

Requirements  for  Majors  in  French,  German  and  Spanish:  A  minimum  of  24 
semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is  recom- 
mended. If  a  candidate  takes  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  18  hours  must 
be  in  the  literature  of  the  target  language. 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  French,  German  or  Spanish:  A  student  may  elect 
a  minor  with  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  above  the  101-102  series. 

FRENCH 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
French  prose.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  two  years  of  high  school  French. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluen- 
cy in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphasis  on 
civilization  in  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  equivalent. 

301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  may 
be  taken  in  addition  to  and  may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.  Prerequisite: 
French  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


62 


311-312.  Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  French  literature  from  its 
origins  to  tlie  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prereq- 
uisite: French  201-202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  French  Literature.  (3-3).  The  content  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  instructor  and  the  needs  of  the  students.  Prerequisite:  French 
201-202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  each  year. 

GERMAN 

101-102.  Beginning  German  (3-3). 

201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  introduction  to  im- 
portant writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  101-102  or  the 
equivalent. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

261-262.  German  Civilization  (3-3).  Cultural  survey  with  special  emphasis  on 
history,  art  and  music.  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

313-314.  Survey  of  German  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  early  literary  monuments 
with  a  concentration  on  the  thirteenth  century  epic  and  poetry.  Works  from  the 
Reformation,  Barrock,  and  major  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and  Schiller.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

315-316.  Survey  of  Nineteenth  Century  and  Modern  German  Literature  (3-3).  Sur- 
vey of  the  Romantics  and  Realists  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  major  figures  of 
the  modern  period:  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Mann,  Hesse,  Kafka,  Hofmansthal, 
Brecht,  Boll,  and  Grass.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  German  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

491.  Seminar  (1). 

ITALIAN 
Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  is  designed  to  af- 
ford the  student  with  two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language,  a  knowledge 
of  the  structure  of  the  Italian  language  in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester, 
a  cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating  oral  proficiency  training.  It  is  recommend- 
ed for  music  students.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and  when  teaching  schedules 
and  staff  permit.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  and 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral 
practice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish  prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluen- 
cy in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Laboratory 
drill.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  and  preferably  201-202. 

311-312.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  Spanish  literature  from  its 
origins  to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  Spanish.  Prereq- 
uisite: Spanish  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


63 


381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  the  first  semester  deals  with 
the  Colonial  and  independence  Periods.  The  second  sennester  covers  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably 
321-322.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 

reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 
411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  Spanisli  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201- 

202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
413-414.  Selected  Topics  in  Latin  American  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish 

201-202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

LINGUISTICS 
391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  emphasizes 
the  historical  development  of  the  Indo-european  languages;  structural  linguistics, 
semantics,  and  phonetics;  problems  related  to  the  teaching  of  language  and 
philogical  research.  Prerequisite:  French  German,  Spanish  201-202,  or  Italian 
251-252. 


64 


Humanities 


CLASSICAL  STUDIES 


The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 
Associate  Professor:  RICHARD  FREIS,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Assistant  Professor:  CATHERINE  RUGGIERO  FREIS,  Ph.D. 

Courses  have  been  set  up:  1.)  to  give  students  taking  their  language  re- 
quirements a  firm  basis  in  grammar  and  an  introduction  to  the  literature:  2.)  to  pro- 
vide a  firm  foundation  for  those  students  who  wish  some  knowledge  of  Latin  or 
Greek  to  help  them  with  medical  and  other  scientific  terminology,  with  New  Testa- 
ment studies,  and  as  a  background  for  studies  in  romance  languages  and  English; 
and  3.)  to  permit  students  without  Greek  and  Latin  to  make  direct  contact  with  the 
classical  past  from  which  our  western  civilization  arose. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  classical  studies  with 
two  courses  in  Greek  or  Latin  above  the  101-102  level,  two  classical  civilization 
courses,  and  one  additional  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  classical 
civilization. 

CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

The  following  courses  are  conducted  in  English;  they  are  open  to  all  students  for 
elective  credit  regardless  of  classification.  Different  courses  in  this  sequence  will  be 
offered  from  year  to  year. 

301 .  Myth  and  Man  (3).  A  study  of  the  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their 
influence  on  later  literature  with  comparative  material  introduced  from  near 
Eastern,  American  Indian,  and  Norse  mythology. 

302.  Greek  Tragedy  (3).  After  a  brief  introductory  study  of  Greek  theater  produc- 
tion and  the  social-religious  context  of  Greek  tragedy,  the  class  will  read  the  main 
surviving  works  of  the  three  great  tragedians,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and 
Euripides,  and  close  with  two  critical  works,  Aristotle's  Poetics  and  Aristophanes' 
comedy  about  tragedy.  The  Frogs. 

303.  The  Classical  Epic  (4).  At  the  head  of  Western  literature  and  thought  stand 
the  two  Homeric  poems,  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  The  class  will  begin  by  study- 
ing the  Homeric  poems  in  themselves  and  as  shaping  factors  in  Western  civiliza- 
tion. Then,  after  a  brief  study  of  the  later  Greek  works,  Hesiod's  Works  and  Days 
and  Descent  of  the  Gods  and  Appollonius'  Voyage  of  the  Argo,  it  will  turn  to 
Vergil's  Aeneid,  in  which  the  Homeric  poems  are  transformed  in  the  service  of  a 
quite  different  but  no  less  important  vision  of  man.  Offered  Spring,  1983. 

304.  Classical  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vi- 
sion of  the  world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  tech- 
niques which  artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  will  also  examine 
the  techniques  and  the  efforts  of  archaeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  ancient 
civilization  to  light.  There  will  be  field  trips  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archaeology 
at  the  University  of  Mississippi  and  to  active  archaeological  sites  in  Mississippi. 
Offered  Fall,  1982. 

305.  The  Classical  Historians  (3).  A  reading  of  major  portions  of  the  first  great 
historians  of  the  West,  Herodotus,  Thucydides,  Polybius,  and  Tacitus;  the  class 
will  focus  especially  on  the  conceptions  of  the  world,  man,  and  the  proper  aims 
and  methods  of  history  which  underlie  and  shape  each  writer's  works. 

306.  Athens:  The  Life  of  a  Greek  City-State  (3).  This  course  will  explore  the  pattern 
of  life  in  the  Greek  city-state  Athens  in  all  its  many  dimensions  from  the  Age  of  the 
Tyrants  through  the  Golden  Age  of  Pericles  and  the  political  struggles  and  cultural 
flowering  of  the  fourth  century  to  its  struggle  against  and  absorption  into  the  world- 
empire  of  Alexander  the  Great.  The  course  will  make  substantial  use  of  writings  by 
Greek  authors  and  some  use  of  audio-visual  illustrations  so  that  as  much  as  possi- 
ble the  Greek  experience  will  speak  for  itself. 

65 


GREEK 

Courses  labelled  301-310  are  suitable  for  second  year  course  work.  Credit  is 
not  given  for  the  first  semester  of  the  elementary  language  course  unless  the  sec- 
ond semester  is  completed. 
101-102.  Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).  Primary  emphasis  on  mastery  of  grammar, 

vocabulary,  and  forms  with  some  attention  to  Greek  literature  and  culture. 

Readings  include  selections  from  the  gospel  of  St.  John,  Xenephor's  Anabasis 

and  Greek  poetry.  Offered  every  year. 

301.  Plato  (3). 

302.  Greek  Prose  Writers  (3). 

303.  Greek  New  Testament  (3). 

304.  Homer  (3). 
306.  Euripides  (3). 

308-309.  Elementary  Greek  Prose  Composition.  (3-3).  Practice  in  writing  Greek  At- 
tic prose,  designed  to  increase  the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Additional  Greek  readings  arranged  to 
meet  the  needs  or  desires  of  the  students. 

41 1-41 2.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Advanced  study  of  such  authors  as  Homer, 
the  lyric  poets,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Aristophanes,  Demosthenes, 
Plato,  Aristotle,  and  advanced  Greek  composition,  prose,  or  verse. 

LATIN 

Courses  labelled  301-310  are  suitable  for  second  year  work.  Credit  is  not  given  for 

the  first  semester  of  the  elementary  language  course  unless  the  second  semester  is 

completed. 

101-102.  Elementary  Latin  (3-3).  Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken  no 
previous  study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  thorough  mastery  of  forms, 
vocabulary,  syntax,  and  the  techniques  of  translation.  Offered  every  year. 

301.  Traditional  Forms  and  Themes  in  Latin  Poetry  (3).  Selected  readings  from 
Classical  and  Medieval  Latin  Poetry  to  illustrate  the  continuity  of  the  Latin  tradition 
in  European  civilization. 

302.  Ovid  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  IVIetamorphoses. 

303.  Virgil  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Aeneid. 

304.  Cicero  (3).  Selected  readings  from  Cicero's  oratorical  and  philosophical 
prose. 

305.  Horace  and  Catullus  (3).  Selected  readings. 

306.  Roman  Letters  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  correspondence  of  Cicero  and 
Pliny. 

308.  Intermediate  Latin  Prose  (3).  Reading  of  Apuleius'  Cupid  and  Psyche. 

310-311.  Elementary  Latin  Prose  Composition  (3-3).  A  course  designed  to  in- 
crease the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style  through  practice  in  writing  Latin 
prose;  the  course  will  pass  from  sentences  illustrating  basic  syntactical  topics  to 
the  composition  of  brief  connected  essays. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Additional  Latin  readings  arranged  to 
meet  the  needs  or  desires  of  students.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department 
chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics,  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Advanced  study  of  such  authors  as 
Horace,  the  Elegists,  Lucretius,  Sallust,  Livy,  Tacitus,  Juvenal,  Plautus,  Terence, 
and  advanced  Latin  composition,  prose,  and  verse. 


66 


HISTORY 

Professor  Emeritus:  ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE,  Ph.D. 

Professors:  FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  SHIRLEY  H.  LECKIE,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  history  and 
maintain  this  grade  for  the  full  course.  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History 
201-202,  and  History  401  must  be  included  in  the  24  semester  hours  of  history  re- 
quired for  a  major.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year 
before  the  comprehensive  examination.  Students  who  expect  to  take  graduate  work 
should  take  French  and  German. 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1715  (3). 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1715  (3). 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1877  (3). 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1877  (3). 

241-242.  The  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  historic  and  contem- 
porary experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the 
period  up  to  1915.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  pre- 
sent. (Same  as  Sociology  241-242.) 

305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States 
from  the  time  of  discovery  to  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War.  Prerequisite:  Junior 
standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

307.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3).  An  examination  of  the  political,  eco- 
nomic, military,  diplomatic  and  social  aspects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 
periods.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

308.  Mississippi  and  Its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  Students  may  enroll  for  306  or 

308,  but  not  both.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1 754- 
1789  (3).  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1789-1848  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 

309.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1917-1945.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  311  from 
1945  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  First 
semester:  From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  semester:  From  the  Civil 
War  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  201-202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

315.  The  Emergence  of  Modern  America  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1877-1916.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

5321.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  The  nature  and  impact  of  such  present- 
day  problems  in  international  relations  as  nationalism,  imperialism,  militarism,  and 
propaganda.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe 
since  1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1815-1870;  second 
semester,  1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 


67 


325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1914-1939;  second 
semester,  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or 
equivalent. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the  pre- 
sent. The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second 
semester  will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention 
to  the  development  of  the  British  Empire.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or 
equivalent. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1855. 
The  second  semester  will  continue  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  the  late  nineteenth  century  and  early  twentieth  century  revolutionary 
movements  and  to  the  Soviet  regime.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

334.  Current  Problems  (3).  Problems  of  national  and  international  importance. 
Open  to  students  who  have  six  semester  hours  credit  in  history. 

401.  Special  Problems  In  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  inter- 
preted and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who 
have  six  semester  hours  in  history  and  is  required  of  all  history  majors. 

402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chair- 
man. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  History  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered 
in  other  courses.  Offered  as  required.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chair- 
man. 

PHILOSOPHY 

The  J.  Reese  Linn  Chair  of  Philosophy 

Professors:  ROBERT  E.  BERGMARK,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS,  Ph.D. 
Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  202,  301, 

302,  311,  and  492. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  philosophy  with  15 
hours  of  philosophy  (1 8  hours  if  six  hours  are  used  to  meet  degree  requirements),  in- 
cluding 202,  301 ,  302,  31 1 ,  and  at  least  one  other  300  or  400  level  course. 

201.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such 
as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  and  God. 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and 
induction  (scientific  methods). 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western 
philosophy  through  the  medieval  period;  the  second  semester,  from  the  Ren- 
aissance through  the  nineteenth  century. 

303.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3).  A  survey  of  western  philosophy  from 
1900  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

311.  Ethics.  (3).  Principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social  values. 
315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatment  of  works  of  such 

thinkers  as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  and  Marcel. 
321.  Aesthetics.  (3).  Consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object,  and 

standards  of  aesthetic  appreciation. 
331.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3). 
351 .  Oriental  Philosophy.  (3). 
361.  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the 

instructor. 


68 


381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  Basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality.  Prerequisite: 

Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or 

consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topic  Courses.  (3-3)  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent 

of  the  instructor. 
492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive   reading   in   a  broad  spectrum   of  issues, 

schools,  and  thinkers.  For  senior  majors. 


RELIGION 

The  Tatum  Chair  of  Religion 

Professors:  LEE  H.  REIFF,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  Ph.D. 
THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  25  hours  beyond  those  used  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation,  including  201 ,  202,  21 0,  391 ,  392,  492.  Philosophy 
331  may  be  counted  towards  the  religion  major  if  the  student  does  not  use  it  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  religion  with  12  hours 
beyond  those  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  (15  hours  if  the  requirement  in 
religion  is  met  by  Heritage),  including  201,  202,  210  or  381,  391,  392. 

201 .  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament  (3). 

202.  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (3). 

210.  Ways  of  Being  Religious  (3).  The  study  of  religious  phenomena  through  the 
analysis  and  critique  of  expressions  and  practices  found  in  the  religions  of  the 
world. 

301.  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
311.  The  Life  of  Paul  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

321.  The  Educational  Ministry  of  the  Church  (3).  An  examination  of  the  pur[    gg 
and  implementation  of  the  church's  educational  ministry.  Offered  in  alter 
years  or  on  demand. 

351.  Church  and  Society  (3).  The  church  in  the  present  social  order.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Chris- 
tian thought  from  Jesus  to  the  high  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  high  Middle  Ages 
through  the  Reformation  to  the  present.  Either  semester  may  be  taken  alone.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

396.  Theology  in  the  Modern  Period  (3).  An  examination  of  major  developments  in 
Christian  theology  from  the  Enlightenment  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research. 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  culminating  in 

a  written  report.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly  of- 
fered, for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
department  chairman. 

492.  Seminar  (1). 


69 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chronolog- 
ical portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  Western  man  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provid- 
ed by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The 
course  will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  ses- 
sions, and  occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  freshmen,  but  open  to 
some  sophomores.  Limited  enrollment.  Corequisite  for  entering  freshmen:  English 
1 03-1 04. 

Library  405.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  hours).  A  course  designed  for  the  student 
wishing  to  explore  independently  a  subject  of  inter-departmental  interest,  a  sub- 
ject requiring  extensive  reading  or  research,  or  a  subject  area  not  directly  related 
to  an  existing  department.  The  student  must  present  a  written  proposal  stating  ob- 
jectives for  the  approval  of  the  head  librarian  and  the  major  professor.  Working 
closely  with  a  library  faculty  member,  and  when  necessary  with  the  advice  of  a 
subject  specialist,  the  student  reads  broadly  in  the  subject,  concluding  with  a 
bibliography  and  report. 


70 


Science  and  Mathematics 


BIOLOGY 

Professors:  JAMES  P.  McKEOWN,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  B.  NEViNS,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professors:  DAVID  C.  HEINS,  Ph.D. 

DICK  R.  HIGHFILL,  Ph.D. 
Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  biology  and 

maintain  this  grade  for  the  full  course.  All  majors  take  Biology  111-112,  121-122, 

31 5,  491 ,  492;  one  of  323,  333,  343,  369,  or  398;  either  345  or  351 ;  and  one  of  370, 

372,  382,  383,  or  391 .  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  must  also  take  Chemistry  231-232  and 

one  year  of  physics.  Candidates  for  the  B.A.  are  required  to  take  two  approved  elec- 

tives  in  the  natural  sciences. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  biology  with  1 2  hours  of 

biology  in  addition  to  either  general  zoology  or  general  botany. 

101-102.  Fundamentals  of  Biology  (3-3).  Principles  and  theories  of  the  life  sciences 
including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and 
biogeography;  for  non-science  majors.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week. 

111-112.  Botany  (4-4).  First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  sec- 
ond semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom  with  emphasis  on  lower 
plants.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.  Zoology  (4-4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  physi- 
ology and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

211.  Comparative  Anatomy  (4).  Structures  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems  of  the 
chordates,  emphasizing  the  dissection  of  amphioxus,  lamprey,  shark,  salamander 
and  cat.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

221.  Embryology  (4).  Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Open  to  prenursing,  medical  technology  and  physical  education 
students  or  by  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

235.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4).  Structures  and  function  of  the  human 
body.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  open  to 
non-science  majors.  Open  to  prenursing,  medical  technology,  and  physical  educa- 
tion students  or  by  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

236.  Applied  Physiology  (2).  A  study  of  the  physiological  effects  of  exercise  on 
man  and  the  study  of  movement  with  the  application  of  kinesiological  principles, 
open  to  physical  education  majors  only  or  by  consent  of  the  instructor.  Core- 
quisite:  Biology  235. 

251.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5).  An  integrated  course  in  vertebrate 
anatomy  and  embryology.  Reproduction  and  organ  system  differentiation  and  a 
comparative  study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discus- 
sion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
121-122. 

S261.  Field  Botany  (3).  Survey  of  local  flora  emphasizing  plant  systematics  and 
ecology.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  six  hours  of  biology. 

301.  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  different  vertebrate  systems,  with 
an  emphasis  on  basic  tissue  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 


71 


315.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission,  and  mode  of  ac- 
tion of  the  genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution. 
Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

323.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4).  Principles  of  classification  and  evolution;  collection  and 
identification  of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

333.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

340-341.  Field  Biology  (2  to  3—2  to  3).  Environmental  study  trips  throughout  the 
United  States.  Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Two  to  three 
weeks  away  from  campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Designed  for  science  and 
non-science  majors.  Open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

343.  General  Entomology  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  class  Insecta.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

345.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelationships  between  organisms  and  their  physical  environ- 
ment; population  dynamics  and  interactions,  organization  of  biotic  communities; 
energy  flow,  succession,  community  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

S351-S352.  Field  Biology  (5-5).  Summer  environmental  study  trips  to  United 
States,  Canada,  and  Mexico.  Five-week  program  with  approximately  three  weeks 
away  from  campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Open  by  application  only;  limited 
enrollment.  Prerequisite:  eight  hours  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor. 

369.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  phenomena  at  the  population  level.  Em- 
phasis on  modern  topics  including  population  genetics,  population  dynamics, 
speciation,  social  behavior,  and  principles  of  systematics.  Two  discussion  periods 
and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112  or 
121-122.  Corequisite:  Biology  315. 

370.  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  (4).  Comparison  of  animal  groups  (from 
protozoa  to  chordates)  as  to  maintenance  of  life  functions  (e.g.,  energy 
metabolism,  osmoregulation,  irritability,  movement,  and  coordination)  in  different 
environments  (aquatic,  terrestrial  and  aerial).  Three  discussion  periods  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

372.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth 
regulation.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

381.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey;  bacterial  structure,  metabolism 
and  taxonomy;  role  of  bacteria  in  disease,  industry,  and  ecology;  common 
bacteriological  techniques.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Physiology  and  biochemical  principles 
associated  with  studies  of  micro-organisms.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  381. 

383.  Immunology  and  Virology  (4).  The  physiology,  biochemistry  and  genetics  of 
the  immune  response;  viral  structure,  function,  and  relationship  to  host.  Three 
discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Biology  381 . 

391.  Cellular  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
protoplasm.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

398.  Aquatic  Biology  (4).  Structure  and  function  of  standing-water  (lentic)  and 
running-water  (lotic)  ecosystems.  Emphasis  on  natural  ecosystems  as  well  as  ap- 
plied aspects  of  pollution  biology  and  identification  of  aquatic  organisms.  Two 
discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Biology  121-122  or  consent  of  instructor. 


72 


401-402.  Reading  and  Conference  in  Biology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

415-416.  Special  topics  in  Biology  (1-1).  One  discussion  period  a  week. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prereq- 
uisite: consent  of  instructor. 

491-492.  Senior  Seminar:  Biological  Concepts  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological 
interest.  Required  of  all  senior  biology  majors.  One  discussion  period  a  week. 

CHEMISTRY 

The  J.  B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN,  Ph.D. 
ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  JIMMIE  M.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  take  Chemistry  121-122,  123-124,  231-233, 
232-234,  251  -253,  334,  491 ;  and  Computer  1 00  or  1 1 0.  Candidates  for  the  bachelor's 
degree  accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  have  a  2.5  average  in 
chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341-343,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366;  Physics 
131-132,  151-152,  231;  and  mathematics  through  integral  calculus.  Two  approved 
electives  in  chemistry,  physics,  or  mathematics  are  required.  German  201-202,  or 
reading  knowledge,  is  strongly  recommended.  Other  majors  are  required  to  take 
Chemistry  264-266  or  363-365  and  364-366;  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition 
to  151-152;  and  two  approved  advanced  electives  in  the  natural  sciences.  A  grade 
below  C  will  not  be  accepted  for  any  of  the  above  courses  required  of  a  chemistry 
major. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  chemistry  with  14 
hours  of  chemistry  in  addition  to  general  chemistry. 

101-102.  Chemistry  for  Citizens.  (3-3).  Chemical  research  and  methods  important 
in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Two  lectures  and  one  application  session  a  week. 
Not  acceptable  toward  the  bachelor  of  science  degree. 
1 21-1 22.  General  Chemistry  (3-3).  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding,  Kinetic  Theory 
of  Gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Core- 
quisite:  Chemistry  123-t24. 
1 23-1 24.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1 ).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 
and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122. 
231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions  and  theory.  Prerequisite: 

Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  233-234. 
233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Preparation,  separation, 
and  identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of  modern  instrumentation.  Core- 
quisite: Chemistry  231-232. 
251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I:  Quantitative  Analysis  (3).  Chemical  equilibria,  acid- 
base  theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into  electrochemical  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  253. 
253.  Applications    of    Analytical    Chemistry    (2).  Gravimetric    and    volumetric 
methods  are  presented   in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  of  acidmetry  and 
alkalimetry,  oxidation-reduction,  iodimetry  and  precipitation  methods. 


73 


264.  Principles  of  Pliysical  Chemistry  (3).  Gas  laws,  properties  of  liquids, 
properties  of  solutions,  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  catalysis, 
electrochemistry,  and  colloidal  solutions.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Identification  of  organic  compounds  and  mix- 
tures of  organic  compounds,  and  classification  of  organic  compounds  according 
to  functional  groups.  Spectral  methods  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry 
231-233. 

335.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and 
selected  topics.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  Atomic  structure,  theories  of  chemical 
bonding,  spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and 
inorganic  stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or 
226. 

343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1).  Coordination  chemistry  and  inorganic 
reaction  mechanisms.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  341. 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II:  Instrumental  Analysis  (3).  Absorption  spectrometry, 
emission  spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis, 
and  gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Corequisite:  356. 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II— Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical 
instrumentation.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  Kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  rule,  chemical  kinetics,  nuclear  chemistry,  surface  chemistry, 
and  electrochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122;  Mathematics  224  or  226. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  365-366. 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods.  (1-1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles 
of  geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria.  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH 
diagrams,  chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase 
diagrams.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

391.  Biochemistry  I.  (4).  Chemistry  of  biomolecules.  Emphasis  on  amino  acids  and 
protein  chemistry,  mechanisms  of  enzyme  action  and  enzyme  kinetics,  lipids  and 
biological  membranes,  nucleotides  and  nucleic  acids,  and  carbohydrate 
chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

392.  Biochemistry  II.  (4).  Generation  and  storage  of  metabolic  energy;  protein  bio- 
synthesis; molecular  physiology.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  391. 

393.  Biochemistry  I.  (3).  Chemistry  of  living  organisms.  Emphasis  on  biochemistry 
of  proteins,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

394.  Biochemistry  II.  (3).  Photosynthesis,  nucleotides,  protein  biosynthesis,  and 
biochemical  control  mechanisms  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

395.  Biochemical  Applications  I.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  II.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  394. 
403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 
411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 
451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 

research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 
491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of 
scientific  works.  History  of  chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are 
included. 

74 


COMPUTER  STUDIES 


Professors:  ALLEN  D.  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

SAMUEL  R.  KNOX,  Ph.D. 
ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  JAMES  McKINNEY  Ph.D. 

JIMMIE  M.  PURSER  Ph.D. 
Although  there  is  no  major  in  connputer  science,  a  number  of  options  are 
available  for  students  who  wish  to  study  computer  science  and  computer  applica- 
tions. A  student  may  enroll  in  any  of  the  several  courses  listed  below.  In  addition, 
students  can  follow  the  pre-engineering  curriculum  with  continued  computer 
science  study  at  one  of  the  associated  universities.  Or,  students  can  major  in  closely 
associated  fields  such  as  mathematics,  chemistry,  or  business  administration. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  computer  studies  with 
12  hours  of  computer  courses,  beyond  the  degree  requirements,  of  which  a  max- 
imum of  six  may  be  in  higher  level  languages  (BASIC,  FORTRAN  or  COBOL). 

Facilittes  are  among  the  finest  for  student  use  and  include  a  large  Digital  Equip- 
ment PDP-11  RSTS  timesharing  system,  a  Digital  Equipment  PDP-8/e  laboratory 
computer,  and  an  EAI-TR20  analog  computer.  Terminals  are  located  in  several 
buildings  on  campus. 

Computer  courses  are: 
100.  Introduction    to    Computing    (1).  Development    of   programming    skills    in 
the  timesharing  language  BASIC.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the 
computer  in  the  several  disciplines. 
110.  Computing,    an    Interdisciplinary    Approach    (3).  Brief    historical    devel- 
opment and  the  concept  of  an  algorithm.  Introduction  to  computer  languages  with 
emphasis  on  the  interactive  language  BASIC.  The  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Stresses  the  solution  of  problems  from  diverse  areas.  If  taken  after  Computer  1 00, 
only  two  hours  credit  allowed. 
112.   Advanced       Programming      (3).   Discussion       of      algorithms, 
mathematical  models  and  simulations,  file  structures,  and  record  I/O.  Prere- 
quisites: Computer  100  or  110. 
210.   Computer    Organization    and    Machine    Programming    (3).   Dis- 
cussion of  fundamentals  of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding 
with  assembly  systems.  Prerequisite:  proficiency  in  a  higher  level  programming 
language. 
250.  Data    Structures    (3).  Basic    concepts    of    data.    Linear    and    Orthogonal 
lists,  trees,  arrays,  representations  of  trees  and  graphs,  searching  and  sorting 
techniques,  data  structures  in  programming  languages  and  organization  of  files. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

271.  Computer  Programming  in  FORTRAN.  FORTRAN  pro- 
gramming and  research  applications  to  the  behavioral  and  natural  sciences. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  110. 

272.  Computer  Programming  in  COBOL.  (3).  Introduction  to  data  process- 
ing and  COBOL  programming  with  application  to  accounting  and  information 
systems.  (Same  as  Accounting  272.)  Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  110. 

31 1 .  Algorithmic  Languages  (3).  Formal  analysis  of  algorithmic  languages  with  em- 
phasis on  PASCAL  or  ALGOL.  Prerequisites:  Computer  271  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

312.  Comparison  of  Programming  Languages  (3).  Formal  definition  of  pro- 
gramming languages.  Properties  of  languages  including  the  scope  of  declara- 
tions, storage  allocations,  groupings  of  statements,  binding  time,  subroutines,  cor- 
outines. List  processing,  string  manipulation,  and  data  descriptions.  Prerequisites: 
Computer  250  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally 
coded  information.  Includes  binary  arithmetic.  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates. 


75 


storage  elements  and  sequential  logic,  nnemory  and  processor  circuits,  and 
microcomputer  organization.  One  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of 
independent  laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  316  and  an  introduc- 
tory computer  programming  course  or,  consent  of  the  instructor,  (same  as 
Physics  318.) 

342.  Theory  and  Design  of  Operating  Systems  (3).  Multiprogramming  and  multi- 
processing systems.  Mapping  and  binding  of  address.  Storage  management.  Pro- 
cess and  resource  control.  Analysis  of  file  structures  and  file  management.  Prere- 
quisites: Computer  210  and  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  timescale 
and  amplitude-scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating 
techniques.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
351 .  (Same  as  Mathematics  352.) 

354.  Computer  Graphics  (3).  Design,  construction  and  utilization  of  computer 
graphics.  Applications  of  graphics  to  selected  business  and  scientific  problems. 
Interactive  computer  graphics.  Prerequisites:  Computer  1 1 2  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

373.  Advanced  COBOL  and  File  Processing  (3).  Advanced  COBOL  applications,  in- 
cluding systems  analysis,  data  acquisition,  file  structures,  table  handling,  file 
merging,  file  updating,  interactive  processes,  and  structured  programming. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  272  or  consent  of  instructor. 

374.  Data  Base  Management  (3).  Organization  and  maintenance  of  sequential,  ran- 
dom access  and  indexed  sequential  data  base  systems.  Design  of  on-line  file 
systems.  Directories,  hashing,  inverted  files  and  other  data  base  management 
techniques.  Prerequisites:  Computer  373  or  consent  of  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed   study   In   computing   (1    to   3—1    to   3).   Prerequisite:    con- 
sent of  instructor. 
411-412.  Selected  Topics  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
491-492.  Seminar  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

The  computer  is  used  as  a  tool  in  problem  solving,  model  building  and  simula- 
tion in  accounting,  business  administration,  astronomy,  biology,  chemistry, 
economics,  mathematics,  physics,  political  science,  psychology,  and  sociology. 


GEOLOGY 


Associate  Professors:  WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON,  M.S.,  Chairman 

DELBERT  E.  GANN,  Ph.D. 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology  or  historical  geology.  Other  geology 
courses  require  specific  prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some 
of  which  is  field  work.  Advanced  courses  of  the  200-300  series  are  offered  in  alter- 
nate semesters.  Special  problems,  directed  studies,  and  internships  with  consent  of 
the  department  and/or  organization  or  agency  that  offers  such  programs. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Geology  101-102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250,  and 
six  semester  hours  of  field  geology.  The  field  geology,  S371 ,  six  hours,  must  be  taken 
at  another  university.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Biology  121, 
Chemistry  121-122  (and  laboratories  123-124),  and  Physics  131-132  or  Physics 
111-112.  Additional  required  courses  are  three  or  more  hours  each  in  mathematics, 
chemistry,  and  physics. 
101.  Physical  Geology  (3).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosion- 

al  and  depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits. 

One  field  trip.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Offered  each  fall 

semester  and  first  term  summer  session. 


76 


1 02.  Historical  Geology  (3).  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configura- 
tion of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface 
rocks  and  minerals.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101,  or  consent  of  department.  Offered  each  spring  semester  and  sec- 
ond term  summer  session. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  il- 
lustrated by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray 
structure,  stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Next  offered  fall  semester  1982-83. 

201.  Mineralogy  (4).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic  structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  density  balances, 
and  x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elective  for  chemistry  majors.  Three  lecture 
hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Geology  200  and  Chemistry 
1 21  -1 22  (and  laboratories)  or  consent  of  instructor.  Next  offered  spring  semester 
1982-83. 

202.  Economic  Geology  (4).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United 
States  and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis, 
value,  and  use.  Three  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101-102,  200  and  201.  Next  offered  fall  semester  1982-83. 

211.  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided  in 
Geology  101 .  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are 
studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  coastal  plain.  Two  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02.  Next  offered 
fall  semester  1982-83. 

212.  Structural  Geology  (4).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's 
crusts,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02  or  consent  of  instructor.  Next 
offered  spring  semester  1982-83. 

221.  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  in- 
vertebrates with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to 
collect  the  diagnostic  fossils  in  Mississippi.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02.  Next  offered  spring  semester  1 982-83. 

231.  Earth  Sciences  for  Teachers  (3).  Designed  to  aid  science  teachers.  The 
course  will  consist  of  a  study  of  earthen  materials  and  will  emphasize  minerals, 
geochemistry  of  minerals,  use  of  physical  properties  in  their  identification, 
classification  of  igneous,  sedimentary  and  metamorphic  rocks,  topographic  maps, 
fossils  and  fossilization,  geologic  time,  plate  tectonics,  and  geology  of  Mississippi. 
Course  counts  toward  teacher  certification.  Prerequisite:  involvement  with  the 
teaching  of  science  in  junior  or  senior  high  school.  Offered  each  semester,  7-10 
p.m.,  one  evening  per  week. 

250.  Principles  of  Stratigraphy  (4).  Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater  detail  than  in 
Historical  Geology.  Lithologic  and  paleontologic  facies  of  various  parts  of  the 
United  States.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101-102.  Next  offered  fall  semester  1982-83. 

301.  Geology  of  Mississippi  (3).The  stratigraphy,  structure,  and  geomorphology  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  with  emphasis  on  Mississippi.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02,  21 1 ,  and  21 2  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  on  request. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  The  applications  of  geology  to  the  petroleum  industry, 
theories  on  origin,  fDroblems  in  migration,  oil  traps,  and  occurrences  of  oil  and  gas. 
Several  Mississippi  oil  and  gas  fields  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101-102.  Next  offered  fall  semester  1982-1983. 

31 1 .  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (4).  A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use 
in  rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens 
and  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  hours  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite: Geology  200  and  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Next  offered  spring 
semester  1 982-83. 

77 


312.  Optical  Mineralogy  (4).  An  introduction  to  the  petrograpliic  microscope, 
especially  to  the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the 
identification  of  mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  sections.  Two  lecture 
hours  and  four  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201 .  Next  offered 
fall  semester  1 982-1 983. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (4).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary 
rocks  as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spec- 
trochemical  and  differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and 
classification.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
312  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Next  offered  spring  semester  1982-83. 

S371 .  Field  Geology  (6).  Practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field 
work.  Prerequisite:  To  be  determined  by  the  university  or  universities  operating  the 
course,  the  probable  equivalent  of  Geology  1 01 ,  1 02,  21 1 ,  21 2,  and  Geology  200, 
201 ,  and  221 .  Offered  each  summer,  generally  at  end  of  junior  year. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have 
individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  in- 
structor. Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

403-404.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved  students.  Offered 
each  semester  and  summer  session. 


MATHEMATICS 

The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professors:  SAMUEL  ROSGOE  KNOX,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  JAMES  R.  McKINNEY,  Ph.D. 

JUDITH  R.  McKINNEY,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE,  M.S. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the 
senior  seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in 
the  300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by 
the  department. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  mathematics  with  the 
minimum  of  three  courses  in  the  300-series  in  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  calculus. 
103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors.  Includes  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  sub- 
systems, measurement,  geometry,  probability,  statistics,  logic,  and  the  BASIC 
computer  language. 

105.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  I  (3).  The  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and 
of  its  subsystems. 

1 06.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  II  (3).  Informal  geometry  and  the  basic  concepts  of 
algebra. 

107.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  I  (3).  Algebra  review,  functions,  linear 
models,  matrices,  linear  systems,  and  linear  programming. 

108.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  II  (3).  Probability,  decision  theory, 
statistics,  differential,  and  integral  calculus  of  elementary  functions. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshman 
science  majors. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  concerned  with  the  descrip- 
tion of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation, 
regression,  the  chi-square  distribution,  and  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  103  or  115. 

78 


211.  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  Plane  and  solid  analytic  geometry.  Coordinate  systenns 
in  the  plane  and  in  space.  Curves  in  two  and  three  dimensions.  Transformations  of 
coordinates.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

S213.  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (3).  Coordinate  systems.  The  straight  line,  circle, 
ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.  Transformations.  The  general  equation  of  the  second 
degree.  Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-lls  (4-4),  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225-226 
designed  for  summer  school.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

S217-S218.  Calculus  Is-lls  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

223-224.  Calculus  Ml  (3-3).  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with 
less  emphasis  on  theory.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

225-226.  Calculus  l-ll  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity,  dif- 
ferentiation and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series, 
and  introductory  multivariate  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

325-326.  Calculus  Ili-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of 
continuity,  integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclid- 
ean space.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  pro- 
bability distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of 
distributions.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of 
matrices.  Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prereq- 
uisite: Calculus  II. 

351 .  Differential  Equations  (3).  Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  higher  orders, 
with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  11. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and 
amplitude-scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  tech- 
niques. One  lecture  period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  351. 

361 :  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an  introduction  to  non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  I. 

371:  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff 
spaces,  compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

381 :  Operations  Research  I  (3).  Linear,  dynamic,  and  integer  programming.  Simplex 
method  and  applications.  Duality,  area  sensitivity  analysis,  and  parametric  pro- 
gramming. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  346  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382:  Operations  Research  II  (3).  Decision  theory  and  game  theory.  Queueing 
theory.  Networks  and  scheduling  problems.  Simulation,  non-linear  programming. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  381  or  consent  of  instructor. 

386:  Numerical  Analysis  (3):  Solution  of  non-linear  equation  and  systems  of  linear 
equations.  Error  analysis.  Numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Solution  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Interpolation  and  approximation.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II, 
Mathematics  351 ,  and  knowledge  of  a  programming  language  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

389:  Mathematical  Models  (3).  Model  construction.  Linear  optimization,  chains, 
graphs  and  networks,  and  growth  processes.  Practical  aspects  of  model  building. 
Applications.  Prerequisites:  Calculus  II  or  consent  of  instructor. 


79 


391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  IVIathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics, 
and  history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathe- 
matics. Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 

PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Associate  Professor:  GEORGE  IVIARSTON  BEARDSLEY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Requirements  for  Major:  Physics  131-132,  151-152,  231,  311-312,  316,  371- 

372,  Calculus  I  and  II,  Mathematics  351 ,  Chemistry  363-364  and  365-366,  and  Com- 
puter 100  or  110.   Prospective  majors  should  take  131-132  no  later  than  the 

sophomore  year.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  both  Physics  1 1 1  and  1 31 ,  or  for 

both  112  and  132. 

PHYSICS 

111-112.  General  Physics  (3-3).  Fundamentals  of  mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  optics,  acoustics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Three  lecture 
periods  per  week.  A  non-calculus  course  intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the 
biological  and  health  sciences.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115;  while  not  formally 
required.  Mathematics  116  is  also  recommended.  Corequisite:  Physics  151-152. 

131-132.  Classical  Physics  (3-3).  Mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism,  op- 
tics and  acoustics,  covered  more  rigorously  than  in  111-112  and  making  use  of 
elementary  calculus.  Intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  physical  sciences, 
mathematics,  and  the  Engineering  Cooperative  Program.  Three  lecture  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115-116.  Corequisites:  Physics  151-152  and 
Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226. 

151-152.  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Experiments  to  accompany  either  of  the  two 
introductory  physics  courses  listed  above.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Coreq- 
uisite: Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32. 

201.  Radioisotope  Laboratory  (2).  Experiments  with  low-level  sources  of  nuclear 
radiation;  covering  basic  counting  techniques,  interactions  of  radiation  with  mat- 
ter, nuclear  spectra,  and  half-life.  Other  topics  (for  example:  applications  of 
nuclear  techniques  to  problems  in  biology  and  medicine  or  in  chemistry)  depen- 
ding on  the  interests  of  the  class.  One  lecture  period  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

231.  Modern  Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  quantum  physics  and  the  special 
theory  of  relativity,  with  applications  to  atomic  and  nuclear  structure.  Physics  1 31 , 
132,  and  231  form  a  comprehensive  three  semester  introduction  to  both  classical 
and  modern  physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  1 32,  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Prereq- 
uisite or  corequisite:  Computer  100  or  110. 

301.  Atomic  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atoms,  molecules  and 
solids.  Prerequisite:  Physics  231,  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Mathematics 
351. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atomic  nuclei,  with  an 
introduction  to  the  physics  of  elementary  particles.  Prerequisite:  Physics  301. 

311-312.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3-3).  Charges,  currents,  electric  and 
magnetic  fields  in  vacuum  and  in  material  media.  Maxwell's  equations,  and  elec- 
tromagnetic waves.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  224  or  226,  Physics  132. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  and  laws  of  reflection,  refraction,  interference,  polariza- 
tion, and  spectroscopy.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  223  or  225. 

316.  Electronics  for  Scientists  (4).  Fundamentals  of  electronic  circuits  and  the  use 
of  basic  laboratory  instruments.  Two  three-hour  lecture-laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  131-132. 

80 


318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally  coded 
information.  Includes  binary  arithmetic,  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage 
elements  and  sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer 
organization.  One  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent 
laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  31 6  and  an  introductory  computer 
programming  course  or,  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Same  as  Computer  318.) 

331.  Classical  Mechanics  (3).  The  principles  of  Newtonian  mechanics,  with 
applications  to  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  fluid  dynamics,  structural 
engineering,  solid  state  physics  or  geophysics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132, 
Mathematics  223  or  225. 

336.  Thermal  Physics  (3).  Thermodynamics,  kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  elemen- 
tary statistical  physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

371-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  The  student  is  allowed  to  research 
topics  in  which  (s)he  is  interested.   Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

G480.  Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research  (3-1 2). 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  physics 
research.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  constella- 
tions, the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development  of 
the  solar  system,  and  the  sidereal  universe.  Two  lectures  and  one  observatory 
period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lec- 
ture and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102 
and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


81 


Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

EDUCATION 

Professor:  JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professors:  STEVE  HERING,  Ed.D.,  Chairman 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS,  M.Ed. 

MARY  ANN  EDGE,  M.S. 
Assistant  Professors:  DONALD  HOLCOMB,  M.Ed. 

JEANNE  M.  MIDDLETON,  Ed.D. 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER,  M.Ed. 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN,"Ph.D. 

ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Professional  training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary  fields  and 
meets  requirements  of  the  Division  of  Certification,  State  Department  of  Education, 
for  the  Class  A  Certificate. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education:  Students  must  complete  the 
courses  necessary  to  obtain  the  Mississippi  Class  A  Elementary  Certificate. 
201.  Introduction  to  Elementary  Education  (3).  A  multi-purpose  foundation  course 

to  orient  the  student  in  the  philosophical  and  social  dimensions  of  elementary 

education. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics  of 
human  development  from  conception  to  the  period  of  adolescence.  Same  as 
Psychology  205. 

206.  Child  Development  (3).  An  advanced  study  of  the  cognitive,  physical,  emo- 
tional, and  psychological  development  of  the  child.  Prerequisite:  Educa- 
tion/Psychology 205. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  psychological  and  biological  prob- 
lems in  the  developing  adolescent.  Same  as  Psychology  207. 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  teaches  an 
understanding  of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary 
and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level,  with  em- 
phasis on  individualized  instruction.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

213-214.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or 
207. 

215.  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Designed  for  teachers  of  the  content 
subjects  in  grades  7-12  with  major  emphasis  on  the  role  of  reading  in  the  learning 
process.  Research  and  evaluation  are  stressed  as  well  as  an  analysis  of  materials 
employed  in  specific  reading  improvement  programs.  There  is  also  emphasis  on 
instructional  methods. 

221.  Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  exceptional  child  with  em- 
phasis on  identification,  diagnosis,  and  etiology.  Includes  objectives,  organization, 
and  administration  of  special  education  courses. 

301.  Career  Education  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  enable  teachers,  counselors, 
and  school  administrators  to  understand,  lay  a  foundation,  and  build  a  framework 
for  a  program  in  career  education.  Special  attention  is  given  to  methods  for  in- 
tegrating career  education  into  all  levels  of  the  educational  program. 

305.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Speaking,  writing,  and  listening 
with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics.  Prerequisite:  Education  205  or  207. 

309.  Literature:  Kindergarten  through  8th  grade  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205 
or  207. 

82 


320.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

321.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or 
207. 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Music  for  classroom  teachers.  The  basic 
elements  of  theory  are  included.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

337.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  em- 
phasis on  the  correlation  with  other  learning  areas.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205 
or  207. 

339.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Middle  Grades  and  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
(3).  Critical  analysis  of  the  most  significant  books  and  research  studies  in  founda- 
tions, organizations,  learning,  instruction,  curriculum,  evaluation,  and  specialty 
areas  in  elementary  education.  Students  will  explore  and  identify  alternative  solu- 
tions to  contemporary  issues  through  group  interaction. 

341.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  Includes  test  terminology,  types  of  in- 
struments, selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and 
interpretation  of  test  data. 

345-347.  Principles  of  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Principles  of  Elementary 
Education  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  elementary  grades  including 
philosophy  and  foundations  of  education,  organizational  patterns  which  include 
the  self-contained  classroom,  team  teaching,  and  non-gradedness.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  education  of  the  young  child  in  345  and  to  upper  elementary 
students  in  347. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of  learn- 
ing and  teaching.  Same  as  Psychology  352. 

362.  General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).  A  practicum.  Prereq- 
uisite: Education  207,  352. 

372.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).  Legal,  philosophical,  and  historical 
foundations  of  the  modern  high  school  emphasizing  current  practices,  issues,  and 
problems. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chairman. 

430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 
(6).  One  semester.  Prerequisites:  C  average  and  Education  211,  213-214. 

434.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 
(12)  Full  time — one  semester. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).  One 
semester.  Prerequisite:  C  average  and  Education  352,  362. 

456.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  High  School  (12).  Full 
time — one  semester. 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
Activity  Courses 

Most  courses  are  coeducational.  Students  furnish  their  own  gym  clothing.  The 


department  will  furnish  baskets. 

A1 05-A1 06    Archery  (1  -1 )  A1 1 5-A1 1 6 

A1 07-A1 08    Weight  Training  for  Men  (1  -1 )  A1 1 7-A1 1 8 

A109-A110    Body  Tone  for  Women  (1-1)  A119-A120 

A1 1 1 -A1 1 2     Karate  (1  -1 )  A1 23-A1 24 

A113-A114    Water  Safety  (1-1)  A201-A202 

A131-A132    Beginning  Horsemanship  (1-1)  A211-A212 

A231-A232    Intermediate  Horsemanship  (1-1)  A221-A222 
A333-A334    Advanced  Horsemanship  (1-1) 

Varsity  Athletics 

A140-A141  (First  Year),  A240-A241  (Second  Year),  A340-A341  (Third  Year), 
A440-A441  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Football.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 
varsity  football. 


Fencing  (1-1) 
Aerobics  (1-1) 
Dance  (101) 
Basic  Gym- 
nastics 
Golf  (1-1) 
Bowling  (1-1) 
Tennis  (1-1) 


83 


A150-A151  (First  Year)  A250-A2S1  (Second  Year),  A350-A351  (Third  Year), 
A450-A451  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Basebaii.  Open  only  to  students  who  connpete  in 
varsity  baseball. 

A160-A161  (First  Year),  A260-A261  (Second  Year),  A360-A361  (Third  Year), 
A460-A461  (Fourth  Year),  Varsity  Tennis.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 
varsity  tennis. 

A170-A171  (First  Year),  A270-A271  (Second  Year),  A370-A371  (Third  Year), 
A470-A471  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Baslcetball.  Open  only  to  students  who  connpete  in 
varsity  basketball. 

A180-A181  (First  Year),  A280-A281  (Second  Year),  A380-A381  (Third  Year), 
A480-A481  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Goif.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsi- 
ty golf. 

Academic  Courses 

205.  First  Aid  (3).  Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  safety  skills  and  techniques  of 
immediate  and  temporary  care  in  the  event  of  an  injury  or  sudden  illness  along 
with  study  of  first  aid  subject  matter. 

210.  Rhythms  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  12.  The  study  of  the  scope,  content,  and 
methodology  of  the  rhythms  and  dance  program.  Emphasis  is  on  the  creative  and 
aesthetic  values  therein,  and  the  integration  and  correlation  with  the  other  arts  in 
the  school  curriculum. 

220.  Physical  Education  for  the  Exceptional  Child.  (3)  A  study  and  development  of 
concepts  and  knowledge  of  physical  education  programs  for  the  exceptional  child. 

302.  Motor  Development  and  Movement  Education  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  6. 
Designed  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  how  and  where  the  body  moves  and 
what  the  body  can  do  as  applicable  to  children  in  grades  K-6.  The  student  will 
become  familiar  with  various  ways  to  recognize  the  stages  of  motor  development 
in  children  and  how  to  prepare  activities  for  skill  acquisitions. 

304.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Health  (3).  The  characteristics  of  the 
secondary  student,  activities  suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented, 
facilities,  and  equipment. 

305.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  The  characteristics  of  the 
elementary  school  child,  activities  suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels 
represented,  facilities,  and  equipment. 

308.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of 
directing  church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with 
special  emphasis  on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 

311-312.  Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  for  Individual  and  Team  Sports  (3-3). 

321-322.  Athletic  Officiating  (3-3). 

332.  Consumer  Health  (3).  Personal  health  and  care  of  the  body;  food,  sanitation, 
diseases  and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 

405.  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  12.  A  study  of  the  various 
tests  in  the  field  of  health  and  physical  education,  including  uses  and  interpreta- 
tion of  elementary  statistical  techniques. 


84 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Associate  Professors:  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.,  Chairman 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  (Major:  Political  Science  101,  102,  351,  352,  301,  302,  and 
491 ,  and  at  least  nine  additional  hours  in  the  department.  Majors  nnust  have  a  2.50 
average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  nna- 
jors  may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In  con- 
junction with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington  Semester. 
Each  program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional  information  is 
given  on  pages  45-47. 

101.  American  Government  I  (3).  A  systerris  analysis  of  our  national  political 
environment,  inputs,  and  decision-making  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism, 
political  parties.  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regulatory, 
grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

115.  Mississippi  Civil  Rights  and  Politics  Since  1950.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

211.  President  and  Congress.  (3).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,  plus  roll-call  analysis  of  Congress.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

261.  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international 
politics  including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  im- 
perialism, balance  of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

262.  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  Including  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects 
developed  within  the  context  of  current  issues.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

265.  U.S.  Diplomatic  History  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
271.  Scope  and  Methods  (3).  The  nature  of  the  discipline,  library  research  tech- 
niques and  utilization  of  statistics  in  political  science. 

301.  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes, 
Locke,  Rousseau,  and  the  theorists  of  the  American  Revolution. 

302.  Political  Theory  11  (3).  Nineteenth  century  liberalism,  Marxism, 
totalitarianism,  and  twentieth  century  political  thought. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  cam- 
paigns, and  voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi  politics.  Of- 
fered In  alternate  years. 

338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing, 
staffing,  directing,  coordinating,  reporting  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

341.  Comparative  Government  I  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  other  nations. 
Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government  II  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  nations.  Prere- 
quisite: Political  Science  341 . 

351.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  politics,  the  judicial  process, 
court  operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of 
government.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351 .  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 


85 


364.  International  Law  and  Organization  (3).  World  order  in  a  legal  setting.  Offered 

in  alternate  years. 
401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide  to 

one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a 

regular  session  of  the  Legislature.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  political  science;  (b) 

junior  or  senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  chairman.  Application  should  be 

made  early  in  December  immediately  preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 
453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  law  firm  or 

government  agency  to  work  as  an  aide.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351  and 

352. 
456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  federal,  state,  or 

local  government  office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level.  Prerequisite: 

Political  Science  338. 
491.  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on 

the  state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Includes  contributions  by  other 

disciplines  to  politics. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors:  RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  202,  305,  306,  314,  315,  491,  303  or  304,  313  or  331.  Under 
unusual  circumstances  a  student  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required 
course  if  (s)he  passes  an  examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required 
course.  This  special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  department  chairman 
and  must  be  passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  ex- 
amination. The  student  successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no 
additional  course  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  psychology  with  12 
semester  hours  beyond  Psychology  202  and  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 

PSYCHOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY 

A  combined  major  in  psychology  and  sociology  may  be  earned  by  completing 
41  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined.  The  following  courses  are  re- 
quired: Psychology  202,  206,  303,  304,  305,  306,  31 3,  31 4.  31 5.  491 ;  Sociology  1 01 , 
221 ,  371 ,  493.  An  internship  in  the  area  of  the  student's  interest  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. 

202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  Methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of 
learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality,  emotions,  and  perception.  Not 
generally  recommended  for  freshmen. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  Principles  of  communication,  group  interaction,  and 
human  relations. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  207. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  Emphasis  on  the  outstanding  systems  of 
psychological  thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the 
field. 


86 


214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  Topics  emphasized  are:  Piaget's 
developmental  theory,  child-rearing  practices,  early  childhood  development,  and 
the  nature-nurture  issue.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

271 .  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).  Emphasis  on  inferential  techniques. 
Consent  of  instructor. 

303,  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal, 
environmental  correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology  202. 

304.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personali- 
ty theories,  including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

305-306.  Experimental  Psychology:  Methodology  and  Statistics  (4—4).  A  two- 
semester  sequence  which  integrates  statistical  treatments  and  research 
methodologies.  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  research  methods  with 
special  emphasis  on  experimental  designs;  descriptive  and  inferential  statistical 
analysis;  interpretation  of  data;  and  scientific  writing.  Content  areas  include  scal- 
ing, psychophysics,  and  perception.  Required  lab.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 
Psychology  305  prerequisite  to  Psychology  306. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  neuroanatomical  correlates  and 
physiological  processes  underlying  psychological  activity,  including  physiological 
factors  in  learning,  emotion,  motivation,  and  perception. 

312.  Operant  Conditioning  Laboratory  (1).  Experience  with  the  techniques  of 
operant  conditioning.  Student  will  work  one  on  one  with  a  rat  and  explore  several 
schedules  of  reinforcement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

313.  Psychology  of  IVIotivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of  be- 
havior, including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  Examines  both  theory 
and  research  findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls  of  behavior.  Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology  202. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Human  verbal  learning,  memory  and  transfer.  Principles  and 
theories  of  respondent  and  operant  conditioning  and  their  interactions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology  202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202 
and  Psychology  305-306. 

316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  Research 
applications  of  equipment  in  common  use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student 
will  devise  and  construct  simple  circuitry. 

320.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reason- 
ing, problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

331 .  Perception  (3).  Perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories  which  have  been  con- 
structed to  explain  them.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  352. 

390.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  Behavior  of  lower  animals.  Relation  of 
behavior  to  organismic  structures  and  environmental  stimuli.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 
451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 


87 


453-454.  Teaching  Practicum  (3).  As  a  member  of  a  teaching  team,  the  student  will 
attend  all  classes  of  the  introductory  Psychology  course  and  will  lead  a  tutorial 
group  composed  of  a  portion  of  the  students  enrolled  in  the  same  introductory 
course.  Prerequisite:  selection  by  instructor. 

491.  Seminar  (3).  Reading  of  selected  books  and  articles  as  a  basis  for  critical 
classroom  discussion. 

SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:     FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER,  M.S.,  Chairman 
Visiting  Instructor:         LOURDES  HENEBRY,  M.S. 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  interaction.  Its  focus  ranges  from  intimate, 
face-to-face  relations  to  the  organization  of  whole  societies.  Sociology  seeks  to 
understand  the  ways  in  which  people  act  in  groups  and  to  explain  why  they  do  so. 

Anthropology  is  the  study  of  human  beings,  their  physical  and  cultural  evolu- 
tion. It  is  particularly  concerned  with  the  way  of  life  of  people  much  different  from 
ourselves  such  as  the  Polar  Eskimo  and  Pueblo  Indians. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  1 01 ,  201 ,  281 ,  282,  371 ,  492,  493  and  any  other  two  courses 
offered  by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  281  and  282  in  their 
sophomore  or  junior  years,  492  and  493  in  their  junior  or  senior  year. 

Requirement  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  sociology  with  1 5  hours 
in  the  department,  including  101. 

SOCIOLOGY-PSYCHOLOGY 

A  combined  major  in  sociology  and  psychology  may  be  earned  by  completing  41 
semester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  The  following  courses  are  required: 
Sociology  101 ,  201 ,  206,  221 ,  281 ,  282,  371 ,  492,  493,  451 ,  or  452,  and  Psychology 
202,  303,  313,  and  315. 

101.  introduction  to  Sociology  (3). 

102.  Social  Problems  (3).  Survey  of  social  problems  such  as  overpopulation,  war, 
poverty,  and  deviance. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).  Theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature, 
and  institutional  structure  of  religion.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101 .  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  Same  as  Psychology  206. 

221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Explores  purpose,  techniques,  and  organiza- 
tion of  the  profession.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and 
research  on  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S. 

241-242.  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  Deals  with  the  historic  and  contem- 
porary experience  of  black  people  in  America'.  The  first  semester  covers  the 
period  up  to  1915.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  pre- 
sent. Same  as  History  241-242.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

281.  Methods  and  Statistics  I  (3).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science,  ethical 
issues  in  social  research,  basic  methods  of  data-gathering,  qualitative  analysis, 
descriptive  statistics.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent. 

282.  Methods  and  Statistics  II  (3).  Advanced  data  and  analysis,  methods  of  data 
presentation  and  introduction  to  computer  use.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  281. 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Emphasis  on  changing  roles  of  men  and  women 

and  patterns  of  child  rearing  in  contemporary  society. 
321.  Urban  Sociology  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  city  and  the  problems  of 

urban  life.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


88 


332.  Social  Movements  (3),  The  study  of  both  reform  movements  and  revolutions, 
their  causes  and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

341.  Social  Factors  in  Health  (3).  Covers  doctor/patient  relationships,  organization 
of  health  in  the  United  States,  the  effect  of  social  variables  on  health  and  illness. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.  Human  Ecology  (3).  Research  and  theory  interpreting  cultural  evolution  in 
terms  of  interaction  between  populations  and  environments. 

371.  Social  Stratification.  Research  methods,  theories  and  empirical  findings 
pertaining  to  social  stratification.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

381.  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Topics  include  stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to 
family  and  medical  staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and 
functions  of  rituals.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  and 
conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end  of 
semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Inquiry  by  a  junior  or  senior  major 
capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of  supervision.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  normal- 
ly covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students.  Prerequisite: 
Sociology  101. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors 
working  with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and 
community  organization.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  I  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical 
development  in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and 
symbolic  interactionists.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

493.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  II  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  ranging 
from  functionalism  to  conflict  theory  and  phenomenology.  Opportunities  to  in- 
tegrate and  expand  upon  current  sociological  knowledge.  For  junior  or  senior  ma- 
jors. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  approaches  to  anthro- 
pology, archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate 
peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  by 
a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special  in- 
terest to  the  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with  super- 
vision. Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  cov- 
ered in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 


89 


School  of  Management 

The  Chair  of  Management 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

Professors:  JERRY  D.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ,  Ph.D. 

JMAES  R.  GLENN,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON,  D.B.A. 

SUE  Y.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. 
Associate  Professors:  CARL  A.  BROOKING,  Ph.D. 

WALTER  P.  NEELY,  Ph.D. 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 
Assistant  Professors:  BETSY  JANE  CLARY,  Ph.D. 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS,  II,  M.B.A. 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  (BBA).  Accounting  and  business  ad- 
nninistration  nnajors  must  complete  additional  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  degree  (B.B.A.).  Economics  majors  must  complete  addi- 
tional requiremente  for  either  a  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree.  The  requirements  for  a  major  in 
accounting  or  in  business  administration  are  in  addition  to  courses  which  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  the  minimum  college  requirements  for  all  degrees  and  cannot  be 
used  to  satisfy  both  areas.  Majors  must  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  re- 
quired by  the  School  of  Management. 

At  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Manage- 
ment and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  School  of  Management. 

Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have 
completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

Students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree  are  encouraged  to  add  depth  in  a  non- 
business area  that  a  minor  can  provide.  Minors  which  would  be  of  particular  value  to 
students  in  the  School  of  Management  are  available  in  computer  studies,  modern 
languages,  English,  chemistry,  political  science,  psychology,  and  biology. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the 
statistics  requirement  (Administration  275)  at  Millsaps.  The  typical  first  six  hours  of 
accounting  principles  will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement. 
The  typical  six  hours  of  sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics 
201-202  requirement.  Transfer  students  will  be  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  at 
least  1 8  hours  of  courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Management  to  meet  the  require- 
ment for  the  BBA  degree  and  the  major,  regardless  of  the  specific  requirements 
satisfied  by  transfer  hours.  In  some  instances  this  may  mean  repeating  certain 
transferred,  upper-division  courses.  Students  should  not  expect  to  transfer  credit  in 
courses  numbered  at  the  300-level  or  above  from  a  community  college  to  Millsaps. 
Requirements  for  major  in  accounting:  The  program  of  study  is  adequate 
preparation  for  the  C.P.A.  and  C.M.A.  examinations.  Accounting  majors  must  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  a  B.B.A.  degree  in  addition  to  requirements  for  the  major. 
Accounting  281-282  and  Economics  201-202  should  not  be  taken  before  the 
sophomore  year.  Computer  100,  Business  Administration  275,  and  Accounting  272 
should  be  taken  before  the  junior  year.  Accounting  381 ,  382  and  391  and  Business 
Administration  321 ,  333,  334,  and  362  should  be  taken  in  the  junior  year.  Accounting 
392,  395  and  398  and  Business  Administration  221-222  and  399  should  be  taken  in 
the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  major  in  business  administration:  The  requirements  for  the 
business  administration  major,  in  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.B.A. 
degree,  are  very  flexible  and  afford  students  the  opportunity  to  take  advanced  elec- 
tives  which  will  provide  a  fountistion  to  enter  several  professional  fields.  A  student 
may  pursue  areas  of  concentration  in  finance  and  in  marketing.  Alternately,  a  stu- 
dent may  pursue  a  broad  approach  without  any  specific  area  of  concentration. 

90 


Administration  majors  should  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202, 
Computer  100,  and  Business  Administration  220  and  275  before  ttieir  junior  year. 
Business  Administration  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  and  362  should  be  taken  during  the 
junior  year.  Area  concentration  courses,  electives  and  Business  Administration  399 
should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  a  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Business  Administration  275,  Economics  201 ,  202,  303, 
304  and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives. 

Requirements  for  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Business  Administration  275, 
Economics  201 ,  202,  303,  304  and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives.  To  prepare  for 
graduate  studies  in  economics  the  student  should  include  Mathematics  223-224  or 
225-226,  335  and  346. 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  the  School  of  Management:  Students  pursuing  the 
B.B.A.  degree  may  not  minor  in  accounting  or  administration.  Students  pursuing  any 
other  undergraduate  degree  may  elect  a  minor  in  either  of  these  disciplines  with  1 2 
hours  beyond  the  degree  requirements,  including  the  following:  for  the  accounting 
minor  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  and  six  additional  hours  of  Accoun- 
ting; for  the  administration  minor  nine  hours  from  Accounting  281-282  and 
Economics  201-202,  Business  Administration  333,  and  six  additional  hours  of 
business  administration.  Students  pursuing  any  undergraduate  degree  may  minor  in 
economics  with  Economics  201-202  and  12  additional  hours  of  economics. 

Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  Degree  is  offered  and  the  founda- 
tion coursework  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level.  Foundation  courses  in- 
clude: Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  Administration  220,  275,  321,  333, 
334,  362  and  Computer  100.  See  the  graduate  catalog  for  details. 

Suggestions  for  non-majors:  Economics  201 ,  202,  Accounting  281 ,  282  and 
Business  Administration  220  are  good  entry-level  offerings.  Other  courses  in  the 
School  are  appropriate  for  electives,  especially  Economics  341 ,  Accounting  272, 
395  and  Business  Administration  321  and  333.  Please  note,  however,  that  junior 
status  is  required  before  taking  courses  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

ACCOUNTING 

272.  Computer  Systems  For  Accounting  (3).  Introduction  to  data  processing  and 
COBOL  or  RPG  programming  with  application  to  accounting  and  information 
systems.  (Same  as  Computer  272.)  Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  equivalent. 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  First  semester,  basic  concepts 
and  procedures;  second  semester,  financial  and  administrative  applications. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  Theory  (3-3).  Accounting  principles  applicable 
to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items;  the 
analysis  of  financial  statements;  working  capital  and  operations;  reorganization; 
selected  topics.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).  Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing 
with  major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.  Prerequisite: 
Accounting  281-282. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed  to  audit 
reports  and  informational  systems.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

394.  Fund  Accounting  (3).  Principles  and  applications  appropriate  to  governmental 
and  other  non-profit  institutions.  This  course  is  available  for  seniors  and  graduate 
students  only.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

395-396.  Tax  Accounting  (3-3).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  fed- 
eral and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Accounting 
396  is  available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
281-282. 


91 


397.  Readings  in  Accounting  Theory.  (3).  A  critical  examination  of  present  accoun- 
ting standards,  principles  and  concepts  in  order  to  develop  a  comprehensive 
philosophy  of  accounting.  This  course  is  available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit 
only.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  382. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Practical  problems  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  accounting  procedure.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 
411-412.  Special  topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  v^/ith  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

220.  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3).  A  study  of  legal  environment  in  which 
management  must  function  including  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  antitrust 
laws  and  antidiscrimination  laws. 

221-222.  Business  Law  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems,  coverage  of  the  Uni- 
form Commercial  Code  with  regard  to  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  personal 
property  and  sales  transactions;  the  second  semester  covers  the  code  in  regard 
to  partnerships,  corporations,  real  property,  estates. 

275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Descriptive  statistics,  probability,  probability  distribu- 
tions; estimation  and  hypothesis  testing;  regression  and  correlation;  time  series 
analysis.  (Three  hour  lecture,  one  hour  optional  laboratory).  Prerequisite; 
Mathematics  107-108,  or  115-116. 

321.  Marketing  Management  (3).  A  survey  of  the  functions,  processes  and  institu- 
tions which  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and  services  from  producer  to  consumer  or 
user. 

325.  Sales  Management  (3).  Develops  the  system  necessary  for  planning, 
organizing,  directing  and  controlling  the  efforts  of  a  sales  force.  This  course  is 
available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  321 . 

326.  Marketing  Research  (3).  Examines  modern  research  methods  and  techniques 
for  gathering,  recording,  and  analyzing  information  for  marketing  decisions.  This 
course  is  available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275  and 
321. 

333.  Introduction  to  Management  (3).  Theories  of  organized  structure,  behavior, 
communication,  and  managerial  decision  making. 

334.  Operations  Management  (3).  System  analysis,  decision  making,  examination 
of  management  science  techniques  in  problem  solving.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275. 

335.  Human  Resource  Management  (3).  The  management  of  human  resources  and 
employment  procedures  and  personnel  administration. 

336.  Management  Information  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  computer  hardware  and 
software  concepts  and  the  design  of  commercial  computer  systems  from  a 
management  perspective.  Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  equivalent. 

337.  Industrial  Relations  Legislation  (3).  The  legal  background  and  effects  of  gov- 
ernment regulation  of  labor  relations.  Emphasis  on  study  of  the  National  Labor 
Relations  Act,  and  Title  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act. 

338.  Introduction  to  Management  Science  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  the 
computer  in  mathematical  modeling.  The  models  covered  will  include  linear  pro- 
gramming, simulation,  and  sequential  decision  making.  This  course  is  available  for 
senior  and  graduate  students  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  334. 

339.  International  Business  (3).  A  study  of  the  management  of  multinational  busi- 
nesses. This  course  is  available  for  seniors  and  graduate  students  only.  Prereq- 
uisite: B.A.  321 . 


92 


362.  Business  Finance  (3).  An  introductory  course  in  financial  nnanagement  direc- 
ted at  the  analysis  of  financial  problems.  Integrated  approach  to  basic  concepts  of 
valuation,  investment  and  financing.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  282. 

365.  Investments  (3).  Introductory  course  in  investment  management  and  analysis 
is  directed  at  an  understanding  of  hov^^  people  make  investment  decisions.  Con- 
sideration of  the  description  and  theory  of  capital  markets  and  individual  invest- 
ment instruments.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  362. 

367.  Principles  of  Insurance  (3).  The  concept  of  insurance,  institutions,  and  applica- 
tions to  risk. 

368.  Principles  of  Real  Estate  (3).  The  basic  concepts  relevant  to  the  ownership  and 
management  of  property. 

369.  Advanced  Business  Finance  (3).  An  advanced  course  that  examines  the  finan- 
cial decisions  of  the  firm.  Selected  topics  include  current  asset  management, 
capital  budgeting  under  uncertainty,  long-term  financing,  dividend  policy  and 
mergers.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  362. 

390.  Small  Business  Administration  (3).  Small  business  consulting  including  field 
work  with  the  Jackson  business  community.  Prerequisites:  Accounting  282  and 
B.A.  321 ,  333,  334,  and  362. 

399.  Business  Strategy  (3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used  for 
solution  of  problems  in  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing,  finance, 
personnel,  and  production.  Prerequisites:  Accounting  282  and  B.A.  321,  333,  334 
and  362. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

ECONOMICS 

201.  Principles  of  Microeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  micro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  the  role  of  the  price  system  and  income  distribution. 

202.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  macro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  national  income  analysis,  stability  and  growth. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,  resource  allocation,  policy  analysis,  and  managerial  applications. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  201  and  202. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  Income  measurement; 
commodity  and  money  market  equilibrium;  aggregate  demand  and  supply 
analysis;  monetary  and  fiscal  policy  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and 
202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  Money  and  Financial  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  the  microeconomic  aspects  of 
financial  systems,  including  market  structure,  behavior,  and  regulation  of  com- 
mercial banks  and  other  financial  intermediaries;  the  creation  of  money;  central 
bank  organization  and  monetary  control;  and  current  issues.  Prerequisites; 
Economics  201  and  202. 

342,  Public  Finance  (3).  Government  decisions,  expenditures  taxa- 
tion, debt  management  and  policy  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201  and  202. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

344.  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3).  Development  of  economic  thought  from  the 
classical  school  to  the  present  time.  Prerequisite  201-202.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

346.  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3).  A  survey  and  examination  of  the  con- 
temporary world  economic  systems.  Available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only. 
Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202. 


93 


348.  International  Economics  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  econonnic  theory 
to  international  Issues  with  an  exannlnation  of  world  money  markets,  exchange 
rates,  adjustment  mechanisms  and  issues.  Available  for  senior  and  graduate 
credit  only.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  In  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.  internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis. 


94 


7 

register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
1982-83 

OFFICERS 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL Chairman 

CARLTON  P.  MINNICK Vice  Chairman 

CLAY  F.  LEE Secretary 

J.  HERMAN  MINES Treasurer 

REGULAR  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1983 

BARBARA  ANN  HUNT Columbus 

B.  F.  LEE Columbus 

J.  WILLARD  LEGGETT,  III Gulfport 

ROBERT  M.  MATHENY Hattiesburg 

HYMAN  F.  Mccarty,  Jr Magee 

GEORGE  B.  PICKETT,  Sr Jackson 

MIKE   STURDIVANT Glendora 

EDWARD  E.  WOODALL,  JR Oxford 

Term  Expires  in  1 986 

W.  F.  APPLEBY Louisville 

N.  A.  DICKSON Jackson 

MRS.  CLARIE  COLLINS  HARVEY Jackson 

CU\Y  F.  LEE Jackson 

JESSE  E.  BRENT Greenville 

CHARLES  W.  ELSE Jackson 

MRS.  W.  F.  TATE Tupelo 

R.  T.  WOODARD Olive  Branch 

SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1 987 

G.  C.  CORTRIGHT Rolling  Fork 

E.  B.  ROBINSON,  JR Jackson 

MORRIS  LEWIS,  JR Indianola 

DAVID  A.  MCINTOSH Jackson 

W.  H.  MOUNGER Jackson 

NAT  S.  ROGERS Houston,  Texas 

TOM  B.  SCOTT,  JR Jackson 

Term  Expires  In  1984 

ALAN  R.  HOLMES Van  Harnesville,  NY 

W.  V.  KEMP Winona 

ROBERT  0.  MAY Greenville 

RICHARD  D.  McRAE Jackson 

LEROY  P.  PERCY Greenville 

MISS  EUDORA  WELTY : Jackson 

GEN.  LOUIS  H.  WILSON Jackson 

FRANK  M.  LANEY,  JR Jackson,  Faculty  Representive 

W.  F.  GOODMAN,  JR Jackson,  College  Attorney 

TRUSTEES  EMERITI 

Roy  Boggan Tupelo 

Fred  B.  Smith Ripley 


96 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
1981-82 

Academic  Committee:  W.  F.  Appleby,  Chairman;  Mrs.  W.  F.  Tate,  Eudora  Welty, 

Robert  M.  Matheny,  LeRoy  Percy. 
Audit  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chairman;  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  William  H.  Mounger. 
Buildings  and  Grounds:  Clay  F.  Lee,  Chairman;  Richard  D.  McRae,  Robert  0.  May, 

J.  Willard  Leggett,  III,  Hyman  F.  McCarty. 
External  Affairs  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chairman;  George  B.  Pickett,  Gen.  Louis 

H.  Wilson,  B.  F.  Lee,  W.  V.  Kemp,  Barbara  Ann  Hunt. 
Finance  Committee:  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Chairman;  William  H.  Mounger,    Alan  R. 

Holmes,  Morris  Lewis,  Jr.,  Nat  S.  Rogers,  R.  T.  Woodard,  Mike  Sturdivant, 

Charles  W.  Else,  Jesse  E.  Brent. 
Investor  Responsibility  Committee:  William  H.  Mounger,  Mrs.  Clarie  Collins  Harvey, 

Hyman  F.  McCarty. 
Student  Affairs  Committee:  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr.,  Chairman;  David  A.  Mcintosh, 

N.  A.  Dickson,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Mrs.  Clarie  Collins  Harvey. 
Executive  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  William  H.  Mounger,  Hyman  F.  McCarty, 

Mrs.  Clarie  Collins  Harvey,  Mike  Sturdivant,  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr.,  Clay  F.  Lee, 

Carlton  P.  Minnick,  W.  F.  Appleby,  Gen.  Louis  H.  Wilson,  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr., 

LeRoy  Percy. 

Ex  Officio 

All  Committees:  James  B.  Campbell,  George  M.  Harmon,  Carlton  P.  Minnick 

Academic  Committee:  Robert  H.  King 

Finance  Committee:  Frank  M.  Laney,  Jr. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  Billy  Wheeler,  President  of  Student  Executive 

Board 
External  Affairs  Committee:  J.  Murray  Underwood 
Finance,  Audit,  Executive  Committees:  J.  Herman  Hines 

MILLSAPS  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

J.  MURRAY  UNDERWOOD,  JACKSON,  MS President 

DON  0.  MITCHELL,  JACKSON,  MS Vice-President 

PATRICIA  GOODMAN  AMMONS,  JACKSON,  MS Secretary 

GERALD  H.  JACKS,  CLEVELAND,  MS Past  President 

FLOY  S.  HOLLOMAN,  JACKSON,  MS Executive  Director 

R.  EASON  LEAKE,  JACKSON,  MS National  Chairman- 

Millsaps  College  Annual  Fund 


97 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A President 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  B.A.,  B.D.,  Ph.D Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

DON  E.  STRICKLAND,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. .  .  Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

WILLIAM  W.  FRANKLIN,  A.B.J Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS,  B.S.,  A.M Director  of  Admissions 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  B.A.,  MS.,  Ph.D. .  Associate  Dean  of  the  College  and  Director 

of  Information  Systems 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITI  FACULTY 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  (1 959) Emeritus  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College,  MM.,  Northwestern  University 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  (1927) Emerita  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;   B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 
A.M.  (German),  University  of  Mississippi 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926) Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN  (1935) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

PAUL  D.  HARDIN  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  (1 952) Emerita  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS(1960) Emerita  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  (1968) Instructor,  Order  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE  (1 923) Emeritus  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD  (1947) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952) Emeritus  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College 

GEORGE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON  (1963) Emeritus  Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  L.L.D.,  Mississippi  College 

THURSTON  WALLS  (1 957) Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas 


98 


FACULTY 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  El  Paso;  J.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966) Dan  White  Professor  of  Economics 

A.A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER  (1966).    .  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

GEORGE  MARSTON  BEARDSLEY(1974) Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Stanford  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK  (1 953) J.  Reese  Linn  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.  (1 962) J.  B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

CARLO.  BROOKING  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and 

Quantitative  Management 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959) Milton  Christian  White  Professor  of 

English  Literature 

A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

LAURIE  L  BROWN  (1977) Assistant  Professor,  Acquisitions  Librarian 

B.A,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN  (I960).  .  .   Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Tulane  University; 
Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanlcos  de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  (1 960) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

WILLIAM  P.  CARROLL  (1 980) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Millsaps  College,  M.M.,  M.S.M.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

BETSY  JANE  CLARY  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

Advanced  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

Uppsala  University  (Sw/eden),  University  of  Hawaii. 

LILLIAN  McKINNEYCOOLEY(1974) Assistant  Professor,  Associate  Librarian 

A.B.,  Spelman  College;  M.S.L.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Mississippi  State  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

CATHERINE  R.  FREIS  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Classics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

S.  RICHARD  FREIS  (1975) Associate  Professor  of  Classics; 

Director  of  Heritage 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College  in  Annapolis;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

DELBERT  E.  GANN  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.  University  of  Missouri,  Kansas  City;  M.S.  Northeast  Louisiana  University; 
Ph.D.,  Missouri  School  of  Mines  and  Metallurgy 

99 


JAMES  R.  GLENN,  JR.  (1980) Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Davidson  Ck)llege,  M.A.R.,  Yale  University,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

LANCE  GOSS  (1 950) Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop,  The  University  of  Southern  California 

JOHN  L  GUEST  (1957) Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON  (1972) Assistant  Professor, 

Circulation  Librarian 
A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 
GEORGE  M.  HARMON  (1979) Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Southwestern  At  Memphis;  M.B.A.,  Emory  University;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

DAVID  C.  HEINS  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A.A.,  Orlando  Junior  College;  B.A.,  Florida  Technological  University;  M.S., 
Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

LOURDES  HENEBRY  (1981) Instructor  of  Sociology/ Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  Central  Florida;  M.A.,  Eastern  New  Mexico  University 

STEVE  HERING  (1978) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Memphis  State  University 

DICK  HIGHFILL  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  San  Jose; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Idaho 

DANIEL  G.  HISE  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

DONALD  HOLCOMB(1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education; 

Head  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Memphis  State  University 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Missouri  School  of  Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  J.  KAHN  (1976) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
M.A.,  Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

RICHARD  KELSO  (1981) Instructor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Delta  State;  M.Ed.,  Delta  State;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

ROBERT  H.  KING  (1980) Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.A.,  Harvard  University;  B.D.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  (1949) Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  (1953) , Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

SHIRLEY  H.  LECKIE(1981) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri  at  Kansas  City; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY(1956) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS.  Ill  (1959) Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

DANIEL  MacLEAY  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Modern  Languages 

B.A.,  M.A.,  McGIII  University,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE  (1 980) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Boston  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

ROBERTS.  McELVAINE(1973) Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A,  Rutgers  University;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

100 


HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE(1963) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962) Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

JAMES  R.  McKINNEY(1981) Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

JUDITH  R.  McKINNEY Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Beloit  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

JEANNE  M.  MIDDLETON  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Nev^comb  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  (1967) Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  (1959) Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M., 
Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

WALTER  P.  NEELY  (1980) Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1 967) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri,  University  of  Mississippi 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JUDITH  PAGE  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Tulane;  M.A.,  University  of  Uew  Mexico;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.,  (1969) Associate  Professor,  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  PeatxxJy  College 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS  II  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

A.A.,  University  of  Florida;  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

JIMMIE  PURSER  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

and  Computer  Studies 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  (1 964) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

LEE  H.  REIFF  (I960) Tatum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968) Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  (1 969) Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

JONATHAN  MITCHELL  SWEAT(1958) Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

RALPH  TRAXLER  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Theatre 

A.B.,  University  of  South  Alabama;  M.P.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR  (1967) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  (1968) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

A.A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
C.P.A.,  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Mississippi 

JERRY  D.  WHITT(1980) Professor  of  Management  Information  Systems 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

101 


SUE  YEAGER  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arl<ansas 

LEON  AUSTIN  WILSON  (1976) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Valdosta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 


102 


STAFF 
ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

SARA  L.  BROOKS Director  of  Records 

SUSAN  O.  ESKRIDGE,  B.A Admissions  Counselor 

MARDY  A.  FONES,  B.J Director,  Public  Information 

DON  P.  FORTENBERRY,  B.A.,  M.  Div Chaplain 

I.  PAUL  GAMBLE,  B.B.A Coordinator,  College  and  Alumni  Events 

STUART  J.  E.  GOOD,  A.B.,  A.M.,  LL.D Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

ANN  HERING,  B.S.  Ed Director  of  the  Children's  Center 

FLOY  S.  HOLLOMAN,  B.A Director  of  Alumni  Relations  and  Annual  Giving 

SAMUEL  R.  KNOX,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. .  Chairman,  Sciences  and  Mathematics  Division 

SHIRLEY  H.  LECKIE,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D Associate  Dean  for  Continuing  Education 

WARRENE  W.  LEE Business  Office  Manager 

THOMAS  W.  LEWIS,  III,  A.B.,  B.D.,  Ph.D Chairman,  Humanities  Division 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY,  A.M Director  of  Church  Relations  and  Assistant  to  the  Vice 

President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

DOUGU\S  A.  LUEBBERS,  B.S.,  C.P.A Accountant 

JANE  H.  MACDONALD,  B.A.,  M.Ed Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

JEANNETTE  M.  MCALLISTER,  B.A Admissions  Counselor 

JAMES  N.  McLEOD,  B.A.,  L.L.B Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

WAYNE  H.  MILLER,  B.S Director,  Campus  Safety 

CARL  H.  OSTERMANN,  B.A.,  M.Ed Director  of  Computer  Services 

ROBERT  H.  PADGETT,  A.B.,  A.M Chairman,  Language  and  Literature  Division 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.,  A.B.,  M.L.S Head  Librarian 

LEONARD  W.  POLSON Director  of  Services 

E.  TRENT  RIGGINS,  B.B.A Admissions  Counselor 

BRYAN  B.  RUTLEDGE,  B.A Admissions  Counselor 

HARRYLYN  G.  SALLIS,  B.M.,  M.M.  Director  of  Gatew/ay  Program  for  Adult  Learners 
JANICE  W.  STREETMAN,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed.  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 

JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  B.S.,  M.S.,  A.Mus.D Chairman,  Fine  Arts  Division 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  A.B.,  Ph.D Chairman,  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

JERRY  D.  WHITT,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D Dean,  School  of  Management 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD,  A.B.,  B.D Director  of  Financial  Aid 

GENERAL  STAFF 

ALICE  ACY  (1961) Grill  Manager 

PATRICIA  ANTHONY  (1980) Secretary,  Development 

ROBERT  J.  BAKER  (1 979) Maintenance  Technician 

ALICE  M.  BORDERS  (1974) Assistant,  Business  Office 

JOHN  C.  BRANSON  (1980) Supervisor,  Housekeeping 

MAJORIE  CANADA  (1981) Faculty  Secretary 

PEARL  DYER  (1 975) Secretary,  Office  of  Records 

ANN  M.  ELSENHEIMER(1981) Programmer,  Computer  Services 

PATRICIA  FENNELL,  RN  (1967) College  Nurse 

MARJORIE  E.  FENTON  (1980) Accounts  Payable  Clerk,  Business  Office 

MARTHA  GALTNEY  (1 955) Secretary,  Student  Affairs 

REBECCA  GARDNER  (1977) Production  Coordinator 

BARRY  GILLESPIE  (1 980) Residence  Hall  Director,  Galloway 

JANIS  HAMBLIN  (1980) Divisions  Secretary 

BRENDA  HARVEY  (1981) Keypunch  Operator,  Computer  Services 

MARGARET  H ITT  (1977) Resident  Hostess,  Ezelle  Hall 

LARRY  0.  HORN  (1 981 ) System  Manager,  Computer  Services 

GENIE  IRVIN  (1980) Secretary-Receptionist,  Institutional  Advancement 

EDWARD  L.  JAMESON  (1980) Manager,  Bookstore 

ROSE  JOHNSON  (1 980) Loan  Clerk,  Business  Office 

DOROTHY  KNOX  (1 974) Clerk,  Admissions 

REX  ROY  LATHAM  (1956) Maintenance  Engineer 

KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970) Hostess,  Academic  Complex 

RENEE  I.  LEIGH  (1 980) Residence  Hall  Director,  Franklin 

103 


CATHY  MARTELLA(1975) Secretary,  Director  of  Admissions 

VIRGINIA  McCOY  (1966) Switchboard  Operator 

PHYLLIS  M.  MENTOR  (1980) Analyst  Trainee,  Computer  Services 

ROGER  MILLER  (1 981 ) Maintenance  Secretary 

MARTHA  LOU  NANCE  (1 979) Secretary,  President 

SANDRA  NASH  (1 981 ) Clerk,  Office  of  Records 

DOROTHY  NETTLES  (1 947) Cashier 

MARTHA  C.  POOLE  (1 977) Gift  Recorder 

ELIZABETH  RANAGER(1969) Secretary,  Dean  of  the  College 

J.N.  RUSSELL  (1 980) Maintenance  Technician 

IRENE  W.  STORY  (1 980) Clerk,  Office  of  Records 

PAUL  WADE  (1972) Maintenance  Technician 

MITTIE  C.  WELTY  (1 959) Assistant  Manager,  Bookstore 

NANCY  WHITE  (1974) Secretary,  Business  Affairs 

DAVID  WILKINSON  (1980) Maintenance  Technician 

STEPHANIE  WOODS  (1977) Secretary,  School  of  Management 


LIBRARY  STAFF 


LAURIE  BROWN  (1 977) Acquisitions  Librar 

LILLIAN  M.  COOLEY  (1974) Associate  Librar 

FAY  GREEN  (1 981 ) Secretary  to  the  Librar 

FLOREADA  M.  HARMON  (1972) Public  Services  Librar 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1 969) Head  Librar 

MARITAT.  SANDERS  (1981) Special  Services  Librar 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER  (1 963) Serials  Assistant 

BARBARA  WEST  (1981) Catalogue  Assistant 


an 
an 
an 
an 
an 
an 


104 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

Commencement,  1981 

The  Founders'  Medal Judy  Diane  White 

The  Bourgeois  Medal David  Biggers 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship Kimberly  Myers 

The  Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award Sandra  Frazier 

The  Eta  Signna  Phi  Awards  for  Excellence  in  the  Ancient  Languages 

Greek Tammy  Lynn  Oliver 

Latin Laura  Ann  Buckler 

The  Mangolia  Coullet  Senior  Award Don  M.  Simonton 

The  J.  B.  Price  General  Chemistry  Awards Jackie  Clark 

Rife  Huckabee 

The  Undergraduate  Award  in  Analytical  Chemistry Daniel  Burrus 

The  Chemistry  Department  Senior  Awards Bert  Tagert 

Michael  Conerly 
Ben  Douglas 

The  Computer  Science  Award Grant  Wyckoff 

The  Education  Department  Awards 

The  Myrtis  Meaders  Teaching  Award Kathleen  Payne 

The  Edgar  Moore  Award Lesa  Barranco 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal Linda  Schrayer 

The  Gordon  Gulman  Geology  Award Cory  J.  Ezelle 

The  Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award Jonathan  Altman 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Awards Rife  Huckabee 

Laura  Yee 

The  Mathematics  Major  Awards Michelle  Cunningham 

Billy  White 
Grant  Wyckoff 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish Margaret  Ann  Hurley 

The  Senior  Music  Award Christopher  Staton  Brunt 

The  Introductory  Physics  Awards David  Biggers 

James  Poole 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology Roger  Darren  Price 

The  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  and  The  West  Tatum  Award Virginia  Lee  Hill 

The  American  Bible  Society  Awards Jonathan  Altman 

William  Singer 

The  Black  Students  Association  Award LaVerne  West  Rogers 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Award Al  Gaston 

The  Chi  Omega  Social  Science  Award Vicki  Loflin 

The  Kappa  Alpha  Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship Mike  Ford 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award James  Michael  Conerly 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award James  Holy 


105 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  1981 


BACHELOR 

Laura  Ellis  Allen Jackson 

**Mervyn  Jonathan  Altman  Greenville 

Anne  Rice  Atkinson         New  Orleans,  LA 

*Lesa  Rose  Barranco  Jackson 

#Mary  Jennifer  Bennett  Shalimar,  FL 

#Sherry  Ann  Cater  Gulfport 

*Shari  Lorraine  Cochran Jackson 

Cathy  Lynn  Crosby Forest 

*Ann  Dean  Decker Jackson 

Timothy  Milton  Dykes McComb 

Sandra  Gandy  Ellard Kosciusko 

**Susan  O'Hara  Eskridge Tupelo 

#Lana  Renee  Ethridge Collins 

William  Dakin  Fitzgerald,  Jr 

River  Ridge,  LA 

*Harrison  Solomon  Ford  Hattiesburg 

Eric  Keith  Glatzer  Jackson 

Stephen  Earl  Greenough  Jackson 

#*Annwn  Leigh  Haw/kins 

Oconomowoc,  Wl 

Nancy  Lee  Modglin  Hoelter  Brandon 

Ann  New/hall  Johnson  Bay  St.  Louis 

Catherine  Lea  Jones  Crystal  Springs 

*James  Byron  Keyes  Clinton 

**Elizabeth  Stuart  Lacey  Canton 

William  Jefferson  Little,  Jr Greenville 

**Vicki  Jo  Loflin  Jackson 

Linda  Joyce  Lofton Collinsville 

#Dale  Patrick  Loiacano Bay  St.  Louis 

#*Dana  Millwod  Lyie  Memphis,  TN 

*Kimberly  Karol  Mansel  Carthage 


OF  ARTS 

**Jeannette  Marie  McAllister Laurel 

Jimmy  LaDale  Middlebrook  Jackson 

Roxanne  Miller  Winona 

Kristina  Karol  Morris       Meadowview,  VA 
Mildred  Davis  Morris  Jackson 

*Dan  Hillman  Murrell  Memphis,  TN 

#William  Gayden  Newton Jackson 

'**Tammy  Lynn  Oliver Jackson 

Kathleen  Ann  Payne  Tylertown 

Susan  Renee  Prewitt  Clinton 

*Shane  Pittman  Tylertown 

*  Roger  Darren  Price  McComb 

•Kimberly  Dawn  Ranson  Slidell,  LA 

•Edward  Bryan  Rutledge  Starkville 

**Linda  Arvilla  Schrayer  Glendale,  AZ 

*Ricor  Fontoura  da  Silveira 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil 

**Don  Maxwell  Simonton,  Jr Natchez 

#Virgina  Leona  Simpkins Gulfport 

**William  John  Singer,  Jr Harlingen,  TX 

Diane  Torrey  Skypeck Jackson 

*Steve  Warren  Smith  Natchez 

Anna  Elizabeth  Taylor  Rosedale 

Melissa  Elizabeth  Thomas         Greenville 

•Elizabeth  Anne  Trotter  Metairie,  LA 

Marsha  Gail  Watkins  Jackson 

*Vicki  Katherine  Watkins  Jackson 

Peter  Gearis  Weisell Glenwood,  IL 

**Susan  B.  Williams  Jackson 

*Robert  Baxter  Wiygul  Jackson 

**Martha  Clinton  Wynn  Greenville 


BACHELOR 

David  Baird  Allen Indianola 

Wiliam  Dalton  Armstrong Jackson 

•Elizabeth  Martina  Bebin  Jackson 

Kenneth  Raymond  Besser  Vicksburg 
#Thomas  Carlton  Boronow  Tuscaloosa,  AL 
*  Frank  Reber  Brown  Natchez 

#Michael  Rowe  Byers  Jackson 

'**Deborah  Dubard  Campbell  Grenada 

**Don  Timothy  Cannon Philadelphia 

#Kate  Adair  Carey Jackson 

James  Moore  Carter Ocean  Springs 

Mari  Lyn  Champlin Jackson 

#Patricia  Gail  Chaney Greenville 

'**James  Michael  Conerly  Tylertown 

Max  Turner  Courtney  Florence 

Lena  Carol  Covert  Jackson 

Russell  Allen  Cunningham  Clinton 

•Charles  Andrew  Davis Jackson 

•Wanda  Ann  Dorsett Jackson 

•Ben  Harold  Douglas,  II Jackson 

•Patricia  Lynne  Duggar Brandon 

Dorothea  Ridgway  Ettman 

Southampton,  NY 

•Cory  Jackson  Ezelle Jackson 

•Linda  Anne  Fenn Meridian 


OF  SCIENCE 

•David  Keith  Foley Jackson 

Michael  Emanuel  Grillis Jackson 

•David  Gene  Hall  Natchez 

#*Tracey  Lynn  Hamlin  Greenville 

•John  Laird  Herndon Brandon 

Virginia  Lee  Hill Jackson 

#John  Hammond  Hinton,  III  Clinton 

Helene  Elizabeth  Holleman         Columbus 

••Lana  Lynn  Jeng  Vicksburg 

•Earl  West  Jones  Columbus 

*Ruth<:arroll  Kellum  Memphis,  TN 

Timothy  Philip  Kerut Picayune 

Cornelius  Charles  Lehan  Brandon 

George  Manuel  Marodis  Jackson 

#William  Edwin  Marquez,  III     Bay  St.  Louis 

•John  Marvin  May  Mendenhall 

Steven  Craig  McCool  Ridgeland 

#Rex  Robert  Moak McComb 

•Teresa  Gayle  Mulvihill  Jackson 

••lley  Coleman  Neely Jackson 

#^Yvonne  Louise  Nelson Jackson 

•Vernon  Keith  Palmisano       Jefferson,  LA 
#Stanley  Simmons  Perkins  Greenville 

Brenda  Carol  Price McComb 

•••Randy  Kent  Richardson Union 


106 


#* Larry  Wayne  Sivils Brandon 

*Charles  Edwin  Stuart,  Jr. Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Vitus  Kenneth  Samuel  Szeto         Jackson 

***Bert  Edwin  Tagert  St.  Augustine,  PL 

*Leo  Riley  Trehern,  Jr Mobile,  AL 

Jeffrey  Allen  Turner  Oxon  Hill,  MD 

*John  Leander  Turner,  IV  Greenville 

Jane  Franklin  Tyson Jackson 


James  Gaillard  Walker,  Jr Jackson 

#*Steven  Scott  Walkinshaw  Gulfport 

#Brenda  Buck  Watts  San  Mateo,  GA 

**Billy  Gene  White  Aberdeen 

#Rebecca  Maurine  Wright  Biloxi 

**Thomas  Hugh  Wright  Meridian 

Grant  Eugene  Wyckoff  Brandon 


BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Davis  Blair  Bingham,  Jr Monroe,  LA 

*Perry  Lamar  Chesney,  Jr. Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Sheila  Denise  Goats Meridian 

Everett  Hudson  Crudup.lil Meridian 

James  Wallace  Crump,  Jr Jackson 

Ralph  David  Davison,  III Greenville 

Frank  Stacey  Dulaney Terry 

Michael  Hardy  Easterling   .    .  Monroe,  LA 

*Kenneth  Michael  Ezell  Clinton 

Samuel  Albert  Gaston,  III       .  Kenner,  LA 

Gusanita   Grant Jackson 

'*Marjorie  Louise  Green West  Point 

*Toni  F.  Handshoe Bay  St.  Louis 

Randall  Scott  Hearon   .    Birmingham,  AL 

#Beveraly  Ann  Hebron Vicksburg 

Joseph  Donald  Hilton Long  Beach 

James  William  Holy Jackson 

•Rose  Marie  Hopper Meridian 


Waunita  Mae  Kelly Memphis,  TN 

Carolyn  Louise  Landis Godfrey,  IL 

Charles  Robert  Lathem Jackson 

***James  Michael  Mansour Greenville 

Joseph  Marion  Mansour Greenville 

•Jeanine  Leigh  Martin Jackson 

Lorraine  Dale  McGowan Jackson 

•Michael  Helm  Morris Atlanta,  GA 

John  Fargason  Murrah  Memphis,  TN 
Delia  Ann  Armstrong  Shirley.  .     Jackson 

#Marc  Lindsey  Simpkins Gulfport 

Vardaman  Kimball  Smith,  III.  .  .  Madison 
Milton  Lee  Spaugh Jackson 

#Anne  Craig  Staples Fulton 

Sheryl  Kay  Stringer Gulfport 

Peggy  Smith  Taylor Yazoo  City 

***Judy  Dianne  White Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 


Sara  Nell  Bevill Jackson 

•Christopher  Stanton  Brunt Jackson 

Howard  Mark  Youngblood.   Waynesboro 


Carlton  P.  Minnick,  Jr. 

•Cum  Laude 
••Magna  Cum  Laude 
'••Summa  Cum  Laude 

#Summer  Graduate 


HONORARY  DEGREE 

D.D. 


107 


IN 

Page 

Academic  Divisions  54 

Accounting    91 

Activity  Group   28 

Administration   42,  98 

Administrative  Regulations   50 

Admission  Requirements   7 

Freshmen    7 

International  Students  8 

Part-time    8 

Requirements    7 

Special  Students  8 

Transfers   8,  91 

Advanced  Placement   9 

Advisors,  Faculty  10 

Alumni  Association   97 

Anthropology   89 

Art    55 

Astronomy    81 

Athletics   25 

Intramurals    25 

B 

Behavioral  Sciences  82 

Biology   71 

British  Studies  at  Oxford   43 

Buildings    7 

Business  Administration   92 

Business  Internships   44 

C 

Calendar    1 982-83   2 

Campus  Ministry   24 

Career  Planning  and  Placement   11 

Chemistry    73 

Children's  Center   11 

Class  Attendance   51 

Class  Standing   48 

Classical  Studies   65 

Comprehensive  Examinations  35 

Computer  Studies   75 

Computing  Center   6 

Cooperative  Programs   41 

Correspondence    111 

Counseling    10 

Personal    10 

Pre-registration    10 

Course  Sequence   35 

Credit  by  Examination   9,  1 5 

Credit/No  Credit  Option   48 

D 

Day  Care   11 

Dean's  List   50 

Degree 

Applications   35 

Conferred,  1981    106 

Degree  Programs 

B.A 33 

B.B.A 33,  90 

B.S 33 

B.S.Ed 33,82 

B.M 33,  56 

M.B.A 45,  91 

Pre-dental    36 

Pre-law   37 

Pre-medical 36 

Pre-social  w/ork  38 

Degree  Requirements   32 

Early  Admission   8 

Economics    93 

Education   82 

Educational  Certification  Programs 38 

Engineering    41 

English    60 

English  Proficiency  Examinations  34 

Equivalency  Examinations   7 

Exemption  from  Examinations   52 

Expenses   14 


DEX 

Faculty   98 

Fees,  Latxjratory  and  Fine  Arts  15 

Fees,  Special   15 

Financial  Aid   17 

Financial   Regulations  16 

Fine  Arts   55 

Fraternities    28 

French    62 

Gatevi^ay  Program  for  Adult  Learners  11 

General  Staff  102 

Geology    76 

German    63 

Grades   40 

Graduation  with  Honors  and  Distinction   ....  49 

Greek   66 

Grounds    7 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Latxjratory  44 

LJ 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Programs  ...  40 

Heritage   70 

History    67 

Honors    48 

Societies    26 

Programs  42,  49 

Hours    8,  48,  50 

Housing   10,  14 

Humanities    65 

Information,  General   6 

Interdiscplinary  Courses 70 

International  Students   8 

Intramurals    25 

Italian    63 

J 

Judicial  Council    26 

Language  and  Literature   60 

Latin    66 

Legislative  Intern   44 

Library   6,  70 

Library  Staff   104 

Linguistics    64 

Loans    20 

London   Semester   43 

M 

M.B.A 45,  91 

Majors    34 

Management,  School  of  44, 90 

Mathematics    78 

Medals  and  Prizes  in  1981 28, 105 

Medical  Records  Librarian   42 

Medical  Services   11 

Medical  Technology  41 

Millsaps  Players   25 

Millsaps  Singers   25 

Ministry,  Preparation  for   24,  36 

Minors    34 

Modern  Languages 62 

Music    56 

O 

Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester   42 

Orientation    10 

P 

Part-time  Students  8 

Philosophy    68 

Physics    80 

Placement    11 

Political  Science  85 

Probation    51 

Psychology    86 

Public  Administration  Internships  44 

Public  Events  Committee  24 

Publications    25 

Bobashela    25 

Purple'and  White  25 

Stylus    25 

Purpose  of  College  4 


108 


Q 

Quality  Index 35 

Quality  Points   48 

p 

Religion    69 

Repeat  Courses               49 

Residence   Requirements   34 

S 

Schedule  Changes  50 

Scholarships    17 

School  of  Management   44,  90 

Science    71 

Secondary  Education  Program   38 

Seniors,  Exemptions   :  52 

Small  Business  Institute   44 

Social  Sciences  82 

Sociology   88 

Sororities    28 

Spanish    63 

Special    Programs   42 

Special  Students   48 

Student  Association   26 


Student  Council   26 

Student  Executive  Board   26 

Student  Senate   26 

Student  Behavior   52 

Student  Housing   10,  14 

Student  Organizations   26 

Student  Records  11 

Study  Abroad   43,  44 

Suspension    51 

Teacher   Education   38 

Testing    10 

Theatre    59 

Transfer  Students   8,  90 

Trustees,  Board  of   96,  97 

Tuition    14 

U 
United  Nations  Semester   43 

W 

Washington  D.C.  Semester   42 

Withdrawal   50 


109 


CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries  on  various  subjects  may  be  sent  to  college  officials  listed  below  at 
the  following  address:  Millsaps  College,  Jackson,  MS  39210. 

Academic  Programs Vice-President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Robert  H.  King 

Academic  work  of  students Associate  Dean  of  the  College 

Robert  A.  Shive,  Jr. 

Admissions,  catalog  requests 

bulletins,  and  schedules Director  of  Admissions 

John  Christmas 

Alumni Director  of  Alumni  Relations  and  Annual  Giving 

Floy  S.  Holloman 

Counseling,  housing,  health,  social 

activities,  and  general  student  welfare Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Stuart  Good 

General  interests  of  the  college President 

George  M.  Harmon 

Payment  of  college  bills Business  Office  Manager 

Warrene  Lee 

Registration  and  transcripts Director  of  Records 

Sara  Brooks 

Scholarships  and  financial  aid Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Jack  Woodward 

School  of  Management  and 

MBA  programs Dean  of  the  School  of  Management 

Jerry  Whitt 

Summer  Session Vice-President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Robert  H.  King 

Millsaps  College  admits  students  of  any  race,  color,  sex,  national  or  ethnic 
origin  to  all  the  rights,  privileges,  programs,  and  activities  generally  accorded  or 
made  available  to  students  of  the  college.  It  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of 
race,  color,  sex,  national,  or  ethnic  origin  in  administration  of  its  educational 
policies,  admissions  policies,  scholarships  and  loan  programs,  and  athletic  and 
other  school  administered  programs.  No  handicapped  person  is,  on  the  basis  of 
the  handicap,  excluded  from  participation  in,  denied  benefits  of,  or  otherwise  sub- 
jected to  discrimination  under  any  program,  employment  or  activity  at  Millsaps 
College. 

The  provisions  of  this  bulletin  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  con- 
tract between  the  student  and  the  college.  This  bulletin  has  attempted  to  present 
information  regarding  admission  requirements,  courses  and  degree  re- 
quirements, tuition  fees,  and  the  general  rules  and  regulations  of  the  college  for 
the  year  1982-83  in  as  accurate  and  up-to-date  fashion  as  possible.  This  does 
not,  however,  preclude  the  possibility  of  changes  taking  place  during  the 
academic  year.  If  such  changes  occur  they  will  be  publicized  through  normal 
channels  and  will  be  included  in  the  bulletin  of  the  following  printing. 


Ill 


JANUARY 

S    M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3   4 

5   6   7 

8 

9 

10  1  1 

12  13  14 

15 

16 

17  18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

".,  25 

26  27  28 

29 

30 

MAY 

S    M 

T   W 

T 

F 

S 

2   3 

4   5 

6 

7 

1 
8 

9   10 

11  12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17 

18  19 

20 

21 

22 

25  26 

27 

28 

29 

StPTEMBfB 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7   8   9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13 

14  15  16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21  22  23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28  29  30 

1982 


FEBOUARY 

s 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2   3   4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9   10  11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17  18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23  24  25 

26 

27 

28 

JUNE 

S 

M 

T 

W   T 

f 

S 

1 

2   3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9   10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

OCTOBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5   6   7 

8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12  13  14 

'5 

16 

17 

18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

'*., 

25 

26  27  28 

29 

30 

MARCH 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2   3   4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9   10  1  1 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17  18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23  24  25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30  31 

JULY 

S 

M 

T   W 

T 

F 

5 

1 

3 

4 

5 

6   7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

13  14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20  21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27  28 

29 

30 

31 

NOVEMBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2   3   4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9   10  11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17  18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23  24  25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

APRIl 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6   7   8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13  14  15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20  21  22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27  28  29 

30 

AUGUST 

S 

M 

T   w   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3   4   5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10  II  12 

13 

U 

15 

16 

17  18  19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24  25  26 

27 

2S 

29 

30 

31 

DECEMBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7   8   9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14  15  16 

17 

IS 

19 

20 

21  22  23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28  29  30 

31 

JANUARY 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

2 

3 

4   5   6 

7 

1 
8 

9 

10 

11  12  13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18  19  20 

21 

22 

"lO 

»i. 

25  26  27 

28 

29 

MAY 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3   4   5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10  11  12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17  18  19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24  25  26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

SEPTEMBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6   7   8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13  14  15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20  21  22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27  28  29 

30 

1983 


FEBRUARY 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2   3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8   9  10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15  16  17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

JUNE 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7   8   9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13 

14  15  16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21  22  23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28  29  30 

OCTOBER 

S   M 

I   W   T 

F 

S 

2   3 

4   5   6 

7 

1 
8 

9  10 

11  12  13 

14 

15 

16  17 

18  19  20 

21 

22 

"«  "., 

25  26  27 

28 

29 

MARCH 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2   3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8   9   10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15  16  17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29  30  31 

JULY 

S   M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3    4 

5   6   7 

8 

9 

10  1  1 

12  13  14 

15 

16 

17  18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

"„  25 

26  27  28 

29 

30 

NOVEMBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1   2   3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8   9   10 

1  1 

12 

13 

14 

15  16  17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29  30 

APRIL 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5   6   7 

8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12  13  14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26  27  28 

29 

30 

AUGUST 

S 

M 

T   W   I 

F 

S 

1 

2   3   4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9   10  1  1 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16  17  18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23  24  25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30  31 

DECEMBER 

S 

M 

T   W   T 

F 

S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6   7   8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13  14  15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20  21  22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27  28  29 

30 

31 

112